Home

Ford 2010 F-150 Automobile User Manual

1. The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the locator symbols on the seat back Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained 163 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Use of inboard lower anchors from the outboard seating positions center seating use The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 460 mm 18 inches apart The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center A
2. 324 329 Specification chart lubricants seee 325 Speed control ssssss 83 Starting your vehicle 200 201 203 jump starting eR 257 Steering speed sensitive 213 Steering wheel CODLEOLS 1 ecu D oes Lees er eet n 86 TIBI iere A ERIS 75 Stereo CDMS sissessent savecdeoteststeidenieasess 29 ERANT EEE E E EE roi 45 T Tilt steering wheel 75 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Tires Wheels and Loading 186 WAVES ee oett tiae 171 172 249 alignment 52 ete nbes 179 GALE P 175 CHANGING 35 iusso comt 249 checking the pressure 175 UAB ash ac reet eet stes 173 iplo T 185 Teplaclng srren EEE 177 VOUAGING iratra E 179 safety practices ssse 178 sidewall information 180 snow tires and chains 191 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Spare Ure ettet es 250 terminology ssesesss 172 tire grades esee erc 172 VreadWear 3er etie 171 176 TOWNE iaces tsescie tereti oes 197 recreational towing 197 trailer TOWING scere 197 WICKER csetera 262 Transmission 22 eee yreeiecs 214 brake shift interlock BSI 213 fluid checking and adding QULOMALIC caue eren 317 fluid checking and adding manual oer 317 321 fluid refill capacities 325 lubricant specificati
3. sess 269 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Programi eie sete ode 268 D Daytime running lamps see Lamps 2ocecenenim 57 Defrost windshield sucess rs 51 Dipstick automatic transmission FI scuto tere ei uta 314 317 Engine Oll esee tite cer 285 Driving under special conditions 219 238 236 SATs T 234 snow and ice sssssss 236 through water 235 238 E Electronic message center 19 Emergencies roadside jump starting ses 257 running out of fuel 256 306 339 Index fail safe cooling idle speed control lubrication specifications refill capacities 325 service points 281 283 starting after a collision Engine block heater Engine oil sche scdecestaveancataeeesy deee change oil soon warning message Center ees checking and adding dipStiek eet filter specifications 290 324 recommendations refill capacities Specifications Event data recording Exhaust fumes F Fail safe cooling Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV 299 Fluid capacities Fog lamps san esseetemete Four Wheel Drive vehicles driving off
4. 8 Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents if equipped 46 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls 9 Temperature control Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle 10 gt Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except G7 defrost Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either panel or JJ panel floor Recirculation may turn off automatically in some airflow modes to reduce fog potential 11 MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press the MAX A C button again for normal A C operation 12 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to i
5. 325 IS NULS acere ete diee 255 Lumbar support seats 112 M Manual transmission 220 fluid capacities 325 lubricant specifications 325 TEVELSE cst enia I Ies 221 Message center eene 19 english metric button 23 system check button 22 warning messages 25 MIFEOFS orania 82 83 automatic dimming rearview TUUETOR ieena E resi 82 heated 3 nenne 83 side view mirrors power 83 MOON TOOT panuorin 87 Motorcraft parts 278 324 341 Index N Navigation system 45 Oo Octane rating 304 Oil see Engine oil 285 P Parking brake 207 Parts see Motorcraft parts 324 Passenger Occupant Classification Sensor 124 Power distribution box see FUSES sss ee 246 Power door locks 91 Power mirrors ssss 83 Power DOIN uei tese dee ite 79 Power steering 211 213 fluid checking and adding 313 fluid refill capacity 325 fluid specifications 325 Power Windows ssss 80 R Radio 5a itr toes 29 Rear view camera system 224 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children seeesss 154 Relays eee 242 Remote e
6. Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap Perform the following steps to attach a child safety seat to the tether anchor 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position MARS 165 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Open the tether anchor cover 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use Child booster seats The b
7. CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S 268 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313
8. WARNING To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Prior to using the engine block heater follow these recommendations for proper and safe operation e For your safety use an outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA Use only an extension cord that can be used outdoors in cold temperatures and is clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or fire hazard e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord minimum e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords Instead use one extension cord which is long enough to reach from the engine block heater cord to the outlet without stretching e Make certain that the extension cord is in excellent condition not patched or spliced Store your extension cord indoors at temperatures above 32 F 0 C Outdoor conditions can deteriorate extension cords over a period of time e To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Also ensure that the block heater especially the cord is in good condition before use e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug engine block heater cord plug connection is
9. e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do e Handle discs by their edges only a Never touch the playing A surface Inspect discs before playing Clean only with an approved CD cleaner 39 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems e Wipe discs from the center out Don t e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please
10. 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap e 2 5L coolant bleed valve A ve ee e 3 0L coolant bleed valve 5 Open the coolant bleed valve on the back of the engine water outlet for the 2 5L engine or in the thermostat housing for the 3 0L engine 6 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and radiator is almost full 7 Close the bleed valve and reinstall the cap on the coolant reservoir Turn the cap until it is tightly installed to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration refer to Checking engine coolant If the concentration is not 50 50 protection to 34 F 36 C drain some coolant and adjust the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration 296 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add
11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 10 Engine coolant reservoir 283 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt 7 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to Maintenance product specifications amd capacities in this chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle Turn
12. compartment pull the illuminated T shaped handle and push up on the trunk lid The handle is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light The T shaped handle will be located either on the luggage compartment door lid or inside the luggage compartment near the tail lamps WARNING Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk 96 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications
13. 256 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies JUMP STARTING WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ens
14. 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 196 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e A final example for your vehicle with 1400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198
15. ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a full time All Wheel Drive AWD system The AWD system is an active system meaning it not only responds to wheel slip between the front and rear axles but also has the ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer torque to the rear wheels before slip occurs The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator All components of the AWD system are sealed for life and require no maintenance Note When an AWD system fault is present the warning CHECK AWD will display in the message center The AWD system is not functioning correctly and defaulted to front wheel drive When this warning is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer If your vehicle is equipped with AWD a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might
16. Panic Alarm Engine Coolant Do Not Open When Hot Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Explosive Gas Power Steering Fluid Service Engine Soon Passenger Compartment ez e Air Filter Check Fuel Cap 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus E LES open Power Window Lockout Interior Luggage Compartment Release Engine Oil Engine Coolant Temperature Battery Battery Acid Fan Warning Maintain Correct Fluid Level Engine Air Filter Jack Low Tire Pressure Warning m Uta B C8 e e LH E 11 Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES Standard instrument cluster shown metric optional and manual transmission clusters similar Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause extensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the bulbs work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Service engine soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the
17. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P Park automatic transmission or the neutral position manual transmission turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 6 Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearn
18. of the area behind the vehicle It adds YOCKXXX assistance to the driver while reversing or reverse parking the vehicle To use the camera system place the transmission in R Reverse an image will display in the rearview mirror or on the navigation screen if equipped The area displayed on the screen may vary according to the vehicle orientation and or road condition e 1 Rear bumper e 2 Red zone S e 3 Yellow zone hi e 4 Green zone 3 Always use caution while backing Me Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side mirrors and rearview mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Image delay if displayed through the rear view mirror When shifting out of R Reverse and into any other gear the image in the rearview mirror will remain on for a few seconds before it shuts off to assist in parking or trailer hookup Image delay if displayed through the navigation screen After shifting out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the image in the navigation screen will remain until the vehicle speed reaches five mph 8 km h only if the rear camera delay feature is on or until any navigation radio button is pressed Note The default setting for the rear camera delay is off Press the Settings button
19. the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag 141 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and S
20. 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 3 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 3 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed lim
21. 6 Close the hood and turn off the feel lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NON ADJUSTABLE TURN SIGNAL CONTROL 4 e e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal INTERIOR LAMPS Dome lamps and map lamps The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls to turn on the lamps 60 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Your vehicle may also have reading lamps within the rear dome lamp s Press the switches on either side of the dome lamp to turn on the lamps Ambient lighting if equipped Illuminates footwells storage bins and cupholders with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting d control is located on the instrument panel To activate press and release IS the control to cycle through the color choices plus the off state The lights come on whenever the ignition is in either the on or accessory position Note The ambient lights will stay on until the ignition is placed in the Off position and either of the front doors are opened or the accessory delay timer expires BULB REPLACEMENT Lamp assembly condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that con
22. F 24 C then adjust for comfort The driver side temperature setting will appear in the upper left corner of the display 2 Pg Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 3 Qt Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection To return to full automatic control press AUTO 4 d Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging To return to full automatic control press AUTO 5 D Power Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle through the vents Press 88 or 88 to select the desired fan speed manually To return to full automatic control press AUTO 6 74 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents To return to full automatic control press AUTO T 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents To return to full automatic control press AUTO 8 A Distributes air through the demis
23. JCA Temperature Fan Speed Temperature CV JCs8 JC CV 2 Eevexwc 6 pua Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Temperature Press the up and down arrows on the left side of the screen to increase decrease the airflow temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged Press the up and down arrows on the right side of the screen to increase decrease the airflow temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle e Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e J Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents rear seat floor vents and de mister vents e Distributes air through the floor vents rear seat floor vents e Vp Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents de mister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging To return to full automatic control press AUTO on the main bezel Fan Speed Press to decrease increase the fan speed Dual Press to activate deactivate separate driver and passenger temperature controls Max A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air m
24. Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Low fluid level Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid level does not show at all on the a 209C 65 C dipstick Driving the vehicle with less than the recommended fluid level may result in transmission failure An under fill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage to the transmission High fluid level Fluid levels above the normal operating range may result in i transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may C m oeo cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage to the transmission High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Maintenance product specifications amd capacities section in this chapter Note Only one ATF fluid specification has been tested and approved for use with the automatic 6 speed Premium Automatic Transmission fluid Mercon fluids cannot be used with the automatic 6 speed without damage or voiding warranty Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct If an overfill occur
25. SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite radio electronic serial number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in satellite radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing the AUX and preset 1 controls simultaneously 43 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required This than two seconds to message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does not system failure clear within a short present period of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe
26. To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s airbag system One time disable If at any time the driver front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles the safety belt for that seating position the Belt Minder is disabled for the current ignition cycle The Belt Minder feature will enable during the same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for approximately 30 seconds Confirmation is not given for the one time disable Deactivating activating the Belt Minder feature The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features must be disabled enabled separately Both cannot be disable enabled during the same key cycle 134 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park e The ignition is off e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate
27. contact your authorized dealer for further information 40 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Audio system warranty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician MPS track and folder structure Your MP3 system recognizes MP3 individual tracks and folder structure as follows There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode For more information on track and folder mode refer to Sample MP3 structure in the following section MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders will help with navigation through the disc files 41 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Sample MP3 structure If you are burning yo
28. fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position 216 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six D Drive with Overdrive Cancel and Grade Assist Initially
29. player to the in vehicle audio system This allows the audio from a portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions when attaching your portable music device to the audio system If your vehicle is equipped with a navigation system refer to Auxiliary input jack section in the Audio features chapter of your Navigation system supplement Required equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headphones 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 8 5 mm connectors at each end To play your portable music player using the auxiliary input jack 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off 2 Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 37 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE LINE IN or SYNC LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audi
30. rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains If you need to use chains it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as chains may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e Use only SAE class S cables or equivalent on the front axle for P205 60R16 equipped vehicles SAE class S chains or other conventional link chains may cause damage to the vehicles wheel house and or body e Do not install tire chains cables or optional traction devices on the rear tires This could cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house or body e Do not use tire chains cables or optional traction devices with optional P225 50R1 or P225 45R18 tires Install cable chains securely verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines e Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against your vehicle stop and re tighten the cables If this does not work remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle e Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed Do not use tire cables on dry roads e The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle 191 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Gui
31. start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the operating range for normal operating temperature Your vehicle is equipped with one of the following dipsticks 317 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Low fluid level Type A SESE 2 Type B ca o0 o0 o6 x DO NOT ADD o o ADD CHECK HOT D o o o Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid level is at the bottom of the dipstick and the outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C Correct fluid level The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperatures 185 F 200 F 85 C 93 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles 30 km of driving Type A RSX ze Type B o o DO NOT ADD o o ADD CHECK HOT o o o The transmission fluid should be in the zone identified by the arrows in the above figures i
32. the battery is not charging properly If it stays on while the engine is running there may be a malfunction with the charging system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Engine oil pressure Illuminates when the oil pressure falls below the Sp normal range refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Illuminates when the AdvanceTrac Traction control is active If the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Refer to the Driving chapter for more information AdvanceTrac Traction control i AdvanceTrac Traction control off light Illuminates when AdvanceTrac Traction control has been disabled by the driver Refer to OFF the Driving chapter for more information 14 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Overdrive cancel and grade assist if equipped Illuminates when the overdrive function of the transmission has been turned off and the grade assist function has been turned on refer to the Driving chapter Low tire pressure warning Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains on at l start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illumina
33. 17 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition F is in the on position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade a The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Refer to Felling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle Refer to Message center in this 0 0 mi chapter on how to switch the display from Metric to English Trip odometer Registers the miles kilometers of individual journeys TRIP A XXXX Press and release the message Od mi center INFO button until TRIP dem appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press the control again to select Trip A and Trip B features Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds to reset 18 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster MESSAGE CENTER With the ignition in the on position vvyvvvvVVyYVYVYVY the message center located on your XXXXXXX X AAAAAAA instrument cluster displays m C Ton nandi XXXXXXXXXXXXXX through a
34. 200 KPA 29 PSI 420 KPA 60 PSI 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus 193 Tires Wheels and Loading GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 194 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLI XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES TIRES XXXX XX RIMS RIMS AT XXX kPa PSLCOLD AT XxX APaXX PS COLD THIS VE
35. 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as used for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned to the on position e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Side curtain airbag system 4 147 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into
36. 5 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for approximately 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 3 mph 5 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on 132 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus The Belt Minder feature will not activate The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled Seating and Safety Restraints The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime Tm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles 40 km of home Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are unco
37. Adding engine coolant section Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C e Boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Proper function of calibrated gauges 293 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir En a GS COLD FILE RANGE FILL d e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE as listed on the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoir is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location
38. Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners 291 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing
39. CTA and Reverse Sensing System RSS interaction CTA works along with the Reverse Sensing System RSS if equipped Become familiar with the warning tones of both systems BLIS CTA on off and disable operation The BLIS and or the CTA can be turned off via the message center Turning the BLIS off does not turn off the CTA and visa versa If either the BLIS9 or CTA is turned off the systems will automatically turn back on at the next ignition key cycle When either the BLIS or CTA is turned off the message center displays BLIND SPOT SYS OFF and or CTA SYSTEM OFF When the BLIS or CTA system is off the driver will not receive alerts Refer to Message Center in the Instrument Cluster chapter The BLIS CTA can be disabled permanently even after an ignition key cycle This must be done by your dealership service technician Once either of the systems are disabled enabling must also be performed at the dealership When disabled the message center will display BLIND SPOT DISABLED and or CTA DISABLED BLIS CTA fault operation If the BLIS CTA senses a fault on either the left or right sensor the BLIS alert indicator will go ON and remain ON and the message center will display BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT or CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT For faults that may cause the associated left or right alert indicator not to illuminate only the message center faults will occur Blocked sensor An extreme build up of materials on the lef
40. Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated according to the table below 142 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Small i e three ring Unlit Disabled binder small purse bottled water Medium i e heavy Lit Disabled briefcase fully packed luggage Empty seat or small Lit Disabled to medium object with safety belt buckled If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket if equipped e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the fro
41. For passenger side replacement of the high beam bulb do the following 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach over the front bolster 3 Disengage the windshield washer bottle flexible neck strap attachment and move it to gain access to the bulb 4 Remove the rubber headlamp bulb access cover 5 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it straight out of the lamp assembly 64 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 6 Disconnect the electrical connector 7 Carefully pull bulb straight out of socket and install the new one WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated 8 Install the rubber bulb access cover to the housing 9 Re apply pressure around the housing to make sure the protective cover is completely seated 10 Turn the headlamps on and make sure they work properly If the headlamp was correctly aligned before you changed the bulb you should not need to align it again Low beam bulb replacement For passenger side replacement of the low beam bulb do the Jollowing 1 Make sure headlamp control is in the off position then open the hood 2 At the wheel well remove the press p
42. Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS More than 30 million Ford Lincoln and Mercury owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four new vehicle Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask you dealer for details PremiumCare Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered ExtraCare Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items BaseCare Covers 84 components PowertrainCare Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford Lincoln and Mercury Dealers in the U S and Canada It s the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Factory trained technicians e Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Parts Rental car reimbursement If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or manufacturer s recalls Transferable coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford ESP coverage expires you can transfer any r
43. IN auxiliary audio mode and SYNC if equipped For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC please refer to the SYNC information included with your vehicle for further information OK Your vehicle may be equipped with special phone and media features which will require you to confirm commands by pressing OK For further information refer to the SYNC information included with your vehicle for further information 36 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Phone If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to access SYNC PHONE features For further information please refer to the SYNC information included with your vehicle for further information If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNCS the display will read NO PHONE Auxiliary input jack Line in WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Your vehicle is equipped with an Auxiliary Input Jack AIJ The Auxiliary Input Jack provides a way to connect your portable music
44. USA fus Cleaning e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and sea
45. an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this Owner s Guide WARNING Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system Determining if the system is operational The supplemental restraint system uses a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required 144 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light ee for front and side airbag system 9 will either flash or stay lit IN e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system Ae WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipm
46. and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place 129 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner tightens the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body at the start of the crash WARNING The driver and front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckles and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags seat mounted side airbags and side air curtains and safety belt pretensioners Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too short when fully extended there is an 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611C22 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for
47. as possible BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when blind spot information system is not available See Blind Spot Information System BLIS9 with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter CROSS TRAFFIC NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when cross traffic alert is not available See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter SENSOR BLOCKED SEE MANUAL if equipped Displayed when the blind spot information system cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter VEHICLE COMING FROM LEFT if equipped Displayed when the blind spot information system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter 27 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster VEHICLE COMING FROM RIGHT if equipped Displayed when the blind spot information system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System BLIS9 with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter TO STOP ALARM START VEHICLE Displayed when the perimeter alarm system is armed and the vehicle is entered using the key on the driver s side door In order to prevent the perimeter alarm system from triggering the ignition must
48. authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states 265 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b pres
49. avian eanea 162 recommendations 154 Child safety seats booster SL 167 Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment 273 instrument panel 275 IBLGEIOE 45i pen cei 276 plastic parts 4 ene 274 Washing suana ennt 271 WATS Gisse nn REPE 272 wheels cccccccesesseccesesteeeeeeees 272 wiper blades ssss 275 Climate control see Air conditioning or Heating 48 51 Clutch PU T AEE E 314 operation while driving 220 recommended shift speeds 221 Compass electronic 76 GAliDFablODi accuse tege oerte 77 set zone adjustment 77 GONSGLE ai nio en ec Genesin ta 78 overhead sosser psr 76 Controls power SEAL iseni knk 114 steering column 86 Coolant checking and adding 293 refill capacities 297 325 specifications ss 325 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cross Traffic Alert 226 Cruise control see Speed control 83 Cupholder s a nee 122 Customer Assistance 239 Ford Extended Service PIB qn aeeme rone ee oed saec sese cun 335 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 268 Getting roadside assistance 239 Getting the service you idco BRE RP 264 Ordering additional owner s literature
50. briefly until the voice We icon appears on the navigation display to use the voice command feature Press We to complete a voice command For further information on the navigation system refer to the Navigation System supplement SYNC system hands free control feature if equipped Press 4 briefly to use the voice command feature You will hear a tone and LISTENING will appear in the radio display Press and hold t to exit voice command Press to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to end a call or exit phone mode 86 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls Press d d P to scroll through various menus and selections Press OK to confirm your selection For further information on the SYNC system refer to the SYNC supplement Navigation system SYNC hands free control features if equipped Press We control briefly until the voice m icon appears on the Navigation display to use the voice command feature Press f to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to exit phone mode or end a call For further information on the Navigation system SYNC system refer to the Navigation System and SYNC supplements MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED You can move the glass panel of the moon roof back to open or tilt up from the closed position to ventilate the vehicle WARNING Do not let children play with the moon
51. but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags e seat mounted side airbags Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system later in this chapter e safety belt pretensioners e one or more impact and safing sensors 139 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e a readiness light and tone e and the electrical wiring which connects the components e Side curtain airbag system Refer to Side cu
52. buy additional IKTs you can either reprogram them yourself or take all IKTs to your authorized dealer for reprogramming How to reprogram your Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs To program a new Integrated Keyhead Transmitter yourself refer to Programming spare keys in the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section of this chapter Note At least two IKTs are required to perform this procedure yourself Illuminated entry The interior lamps and puddle lamps if equipped illuminate when the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter is used to unlock the door s 99 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e the ignition is turned to the on position e the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter lock control is pressed e The vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad if equipped or e after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open Perimeter lamps illuminated entry With the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter system the following items will illuminate when the c control on the transmitter is pressed e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e Headlamps The lamps will automatically turn off e if the ignition switch is turned to the 3 on position e The vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad if equipped or e after 25 seconds of illuminatio
53. center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires and wheel valve stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of e
54. cluster e an amber indicator light which illuminates when the system is on and e a green indicator light which illuminates when the system is engaged Setting speed conirol To set speed control 4 Press and release ON 5 Accelerate to the desired speed 6 Press and release SET 7 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 8 The green indicator O light on the instrument cluster will turn on Note e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill e If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed e If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengage Disengaging speed control To disengage speed control tap the brake pedal or clutch pedal if equipped or press CNCL Disengaging the speed control will not erase the previous set speed Note When you use the clutch pedal to disengage the speed control the engine speed may briefly increase this is normal 84 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls Resuming a set speed Press and release RSM This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed Increasing speed while using speed control To increase the set speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also use SET to operate the tap up functi
55. constant monitor of vehicle systems You may select display features on the message center for a display of status The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by a long indicator chime Selectable features Reset Press reset to select and reset functions shown in the INFO menu and SETUP menu Info menu This control displays the following e Odometer e Trip Odometer A or B e Distance to Empty e Average Fuel Economy e Instantaneous Fuel Economy e Trip Elapsed Drive Time e Blank 19 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Odometer Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in this chapter Distance to empty DTE Selecting this function from the INFO menu estimates approximately XXX RILES TG E how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under 0 0 mi normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you reset this warning message it will return at approximately 25 miles 40 km 10 miles 16 km and 0 miles 0 km miles to empty DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy displ
56. e Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 128 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to disengage the automatic locking mode WARNING Ford Motor Company recommends that all passenger safety belt assemblies and attaching hardware should be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still working properly Safety belt assemblies should be inspected by an authorized dealer and must be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a collision Unbuckle the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments at the front outboard seating positions Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height pull on the center button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button
57. element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be sure that the air cleaner cover tabs are engaged into the slots of the air cleaner housing Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 2 5L I4 3 0L V6 engine 3 5L V6 engine engine Air filter FA 1785 FA 1786 FA 1884 ines eee eed For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 324 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications V 88H46I SS epeutr V 0T 0AO KStD V OT OA q 860IA H 8 S X 10 y DX V YdeIA HS 97IX TV S999W SSM 10 V 6909IN SSA O T Wd juepoog usuy U23919 Ayrero9dg a 3Je4594010 A que2riqn T yoo pue Surjerjeuoq 1J8191030 X oseaJr osoda
58. enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available D Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Coolant refill capacity To find out how much fluid your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 36 C e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 6096 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your v
59. found on the navigation screen to set the rear camera delay feature to on or off Refer to the Navigation System supplement for more information 224 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving The camera lens for the camera is located on the trunk Keep the lens clean so that the video image remains clear and undistorted Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner Note If the camera system image is not clear or seems distorted it may be covered with water droplets snow mud or any other substance If this occurs clean the camera lens before using the reverse camera system WARNING The camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the rearview mirror and the side mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Backup as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle f WARNING Do not use the camera system with the trunk open If the back end of the vehicle is hit or damaged then check with your authorized dealer to have your rear video system checked for proper coverage and operation Night time and dark area use At night time or in dark areas the camera system relies on the reverse lamp lighting to produce an
60. free and clear of water in order to prevent possible shock or fire 204 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving e Be sure that areas where the vehicle is parked are clean and clear of all combustibles such as petroleum products dust rags paper and similar items e Be sure that the engine block heater heater cord and extension cord are solidly connected A poor connection can cause the cord to become very hot and may result in an electrical shock or fire Be sure to check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately a half hour e Finally have the engine block heater system checked during your fall tune up to be sure it s in good working order How to use the engine block heater Ensure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use To clean them use a dry cloth Depending on the type of factory installed equipment your engine block heater will use 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use Your factory installed block heater system does not have a thermostat however maximum temperature is attained after approximately three hours of operation Block heater operation longer than three hours will not improve system performance and will unnecessarily use additional electricity Make sure system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving the vehicle While not in use make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the eng
61. fus Seating and Safety Restraints Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as used for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned to the on position e series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision SOS Post Crash Alert System The system automatically flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn three times at four second intervals in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The system can be turned off when any one of the following actions are taken by the driver or any other person e pressing the hazard control button e or pressing the panic button on the remote entry transmitter The feature will continue to operate until the vehic
62. ignition is turned to the on position The battery saver feature will turn off the lamps 30 minutes after the ignition is turned to the off position Two stage unlocking may be disabled or re enabled by simultaneously pressing the A and C controls on the IKT for four seconds disabling two stage unlock allows all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously The turn lamps will illuminate twice to indicate that two stage unlock was enabled or disabled Locking the doors amp 1 Press A and release to lock all the doors The turn lamps will flash 2 Press and release again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed Note The doors will lock again the horn will chirp and the turn lamps will illuminate once if all the doors and trunk are closed Note If any door or the trunk is not closed or if the hood is not closed in vehicles equipped with the perimeter alarm feature the horn will chirp twice and the lamps will not illuminate Car finder Press twice within three seconds The horn will chirp and the turn lamps will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a panic alarm Press co to activate the alarm The horn will sound and the turn lamps will flash for a maximum of three minutes Press again or turn the ignition to the on position to deactivate or wait for the alarm to time out in three minutes Note The panic alarm will on
63. image Therefore it is necessary that both reverse lamps are operating in order to get a clear image in the dark If either of the lamps are not operating stop using the camera system at least in the dark until the lamp s are replaced and functioning Servicing e f the image comes on while the vehicle is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer e If the image is not clear then check if there is anything covering the lens such as dirt mud ice snow etc If the image is still not clear after cleaning have your system inspected by your authorized dealer 225 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM BLIS WITH CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT CTA IF EQUIPPED The BLIS is a convenience feature m Cm that aids the driver in assessing whether a vehicle is within an area on either side of the vehicle extending rearward from the outside mirrors to approximately 10 feet three meters beyond the bumper This area is referred to as the blind zone The BLIS will alert the driver to the presence of motorized vehicles in these areas while driving on roads and freeways The system is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles AE rdc or objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting vehicles in the blind zones The system will not detect infrastructure pedestrians or cyclists WAR
64. in the display and the system will continue playing the current station SEEK TRACK Press V SEEK TRACK to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press lt q SEEK TRACK P gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold d SEEK TRACK to fast seek through the previous next channels SCAN Press SCAN for a brief sampling of all available SIRIUS satellite channels If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press SCAN for a brief sampling of all available SIRIUS satellite channels within the selected category are 30 available presets 10 each for E EE E ERES SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory then press and hold a memory preset number 0 9 until sound returns TEXT Press and release to display the artist and song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the Artist AR Song SO In TEXT MODE Sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the indicator is active press TEXT and then press i SEEK TRACK p to view the additional display text MEMORY PRESETS 0 9 There DIRECT Lo ds Jo JL CLOCK presets tune to the desired channel Channel CH and Category CA 33 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems CAT Category FOLD Folder Press to toggle between turnin
65. in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach over the front bolster and remove the rubber bulb access cover from the headlamp housing 3 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it straight out of the lamp assembly 4 Disconnect the electrical connector For passenger side replacement of the high beam bulb see your authorized dealer For passenger side replacement of the low beam bulb do the following 1 Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left 2 Remove the press pins located in the wheel well and pull the wheel liner back p 3 Reaching through the wheel well remove the rubber headlamp bulb access cover T D 4 Rotate the headlamp bulb counterclockwise and remove the headlamp bulb 5 Disconnect the electrical connector 67 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulbs 2 5L 3 0L engines 1 Make sure headlamp control is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach over the front bolster 3 Disengage the windshield washer bottle flexible neck strap attachment and move it to gain access to the bulb 4 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it out of the lamp assembly 5 Carefully pull bulb straight out of Socket and push in the new one 6 Install new bulb socket into the lamp assembly by aligning the indexing fingers then rotate clockwise to
66. injure a passenger or bystander Emergency maneuvers e n an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e n the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs AWD Systems if equipped AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through
67. instrument panel cluster e When the ignition is in the off 3 position the indicator will flash once every two seconds to A indicate the SecuriLock system is functioning as a theft deterrent e When the ignition is in the on position the indicator will glow for three seconds to indicate normal system functionality If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the on position If this occurs turn the ignition off then back to on to make sure there was no electronic interference with the programmed key If the vehicle doesn t start try to start it with the 2nd programmed key and if successful contact your authorized dealership for key replacement If the indicator still flashes rapidly or glows steadily the vehicle will not start contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for service Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition to the off position The theft indicator will flash every AN two seconds to act as a theft deterrent when the vehicle is A armed Automatic disarming The vehicle is disarmed immediately after the ignition is turned to the on position 104 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security The theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time
68. kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 190 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in
69. leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye transfer can occur when wet clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt 277 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Cle
70. less then two seconds the BLIS will not illuminate the alert The BLIS consists of two radar sensors each located rearward of the rear wheel hidden behind the bumper fascia Do not place any type of bumper sticker in this area Note The BLIS typically will not detect parked vehicles humans animals or infrastructure fences guard rails trees etc The BLISS does not function when the transmission is in R Reverse or P Park The BLIS9 does not provide any additional warning when your turn signal is activated BLIS detection limitations Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles entering and exiting the blind spot zones may not be detected Below is a list of circumstances that may cause non detection e Debris build up on the rear quarter panel fascias e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone e Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates e Severe weather conditions e When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone BLIS False Alerts Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances when the BLIS will alert with no object present in the blind zone This is known as a false alert Some level of false alerts are normal Circumstances that may cause a false alert are guardrails freeway concrete walls cyclone fencing sharp turns around a pole or building or coming to a stop with a vehicl
71. locked position 68 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulb 3 5L engine For driver side replacement of the front parking lamp turn signal bulb do the following AL TEES WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Release the clamps 2 that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Locate the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube 1 This connector will need to be unplugged 4 Remove the air filter assembly 5 Remove the bolts on the air inlet 3 then remove the air inlet 6 Reach over the front bolster to access the bulb 7 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it straight out of the lamp assembly Reverse these steps to complete the process 69 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights For passenger side replacement of the front park turn signal bulb do the following 1 Turn the steering wheel left to gain access to the wheel well 2 Remove the press pins located in the wheel well and pull the splash shield back 3 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it straight out of the lamp assemb
72. not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your IKT is approximately 33 feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The IKT allows you to e remotely unlock the vehicle doors remotely lock all the vehicle doors e remotely open the trunk activate the personal alarm e arm and disarm the perimeter C SN anti theft system V 9 e operate the illuminated entry feature The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any ignition position except while the key is held in the start position The panic feature operates with the key in the off position If there are problems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters with you to the authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem Unlocking the doors two stage unlock 1 Press cl and release to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps will illuminate 97 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security 2 Press C and release again within five seconds to unlock all the doors The remote entry system activates the illuminated entry feature this feature turns on the lamps for 25 seconds or until the
73. not override A C or ce recirculated air Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C Manual operation Select MAX A C Select 2 or Jd Select cc recirculated air to provide colder airflow Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C Set highest fan setting initially then adjust to maintain comfort wo lo e or co DY KF e 54 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER 5 The rear defroster control is located on the climate control panel and works to clear the rear window of fog and thin ice The engine must be running to operate the rear window defroster Press P 9 to turn the rear window defroster on An indicator light on the button will illuminate when active The rear window defroster turns off automatically after a predetermined amount of time if a low battery condition is detected or when the ignition is turned off or to the accessory position To manually turn off the rear window defroster at any time press the control again If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster a
74. not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 253 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Put the jack in the jack locator next to the tire you are changing Turn the jack handle clockwise until y ps T the wheel is completely off the ground Note To avoid structural damage to the vehicle ensure that the jack is centered between the two markings 1 on the bottom of the rocker flange 9 WARNING To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire n x f 2 We CG SO Nei SS 4 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 5 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered If you are using the temporary tire the lug nut washers will not appear to be flush with the rim This is normal only when using the temporary spare tire 6 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 254 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 7 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown Refer to Wheel lug nut torq
75. of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again While receiving a warning the radio volume will be reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio will return to the previous value The RSS automatically turns on when the gearshift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is on A control in the message center allows the driver to disable the system Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms 223 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving REARVIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The rearview camera system located on the trunk provides a c video image which appears in the rearview mirror or on the navigation 5 5 screen if equipped
76. or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT if equipped The power steering system has disabled power steering assist due to a system error service is required 26 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster SERVICE POWER STEERING if equipped The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW if equipped The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service immediately SERVICE ADVANCETRAC Displayed when the AdvanceTrac system has detected a condition that requires service TRUNK AJAR Displayed when the trunk is not completely closed REMOVE OBJECTS NEAR PASS SEAT Displayed when objects are by the passenger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible ENGINE OIL CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 1096 or less OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the oil life left reaches 096 BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT if equipped Displayed when a fault with the blind spot information system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT if equipped Displayed when a fault with the cross traffic alert system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon
77. or flashes rapidly contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Replacement Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKT and coded keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs The IKT functions as both a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote keyless entry transmitter A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight keys can be IKTs with remote entry functionality If your IKTs or standard SecuriLock coded keys are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming spare keys You can program your own Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry transmitter portion of the IKT to your vehicle Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight can be IKTs with remote entry functionality Tips e Only use Integrated Keyhead Transm
78. password setting 1234 PIN RESET TO DEFAULT PIN will be displayed e RETURN Press OK when RETURN is displayed and the system will exit back to the satellite radio menu 95 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Sound Adjustments Press SOUND repeatedly to cycle through the following features BASS Press SEEK TRACK b to adjust the level of bass TREBLE Press lt Q SEEK TRACK Wf to adjust the level of treble BALANCE Press SEEK TRACK to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers FADE Press lt Q SEEK TRACK to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers SPEED COMPENSATED VOLUME With this feature on radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise The default setting is off Use lt q SEEK TRACK gt to adjust between SPEED OFF and levels 1 7 Increasing the level from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 1 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting ALL SEATS Occupancy mode if equipped Press SOUND repeatedly to reach the Occupancy mode setting Press i SEEK TRACK P to select and optimize sound for ALL SEATS DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS Extra Features AUX Press repeatedly to cycle through LINE
79. payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 192 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Example only Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs FRONT LT225 75R 16 5E REAR LT225 75R 16 5E XXX XX XXXX XXXX SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 6o PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI 200 KPA 22 PS MANUAL FOR 200KPA 29 PS ADDITIONAL XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL xx FRONT XX REAR X NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg La charge du v hicule occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs XXX XX 90000 XXXX RR DE T145 80016 P225 60R17 SZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE E3ECTRE 7D LTe25 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI LT225 75R t65E
80. placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence wi
81. prompt Press OK while SONG ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A v to cycle through the saved titles When the song title appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display b DELETE A SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A v to cycle through the saved songs When the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press OK The song will appear in the display for confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A v to select either RETURN or CANCEL 34 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS c DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all song s from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS d DISABLE ALERTS ENABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs are playing on a satellite radio channe
82. that are very close to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants this occurs because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the front passenger airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from frontal airbag deployments when they are seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and passenger seat mounted s
83. the blade at an angle from the wiper arm Press the lock tab to release the blade and pull the 2 wiper blade down toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 2 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance 284 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield Refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element ENGINE OIL 9 amp 7 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park automatic transmissions or 1 First manual transmissions 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick e 2 5L I4 engine 285 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide
84. the control is released to the neutral position then held in the one touch position within two seconds after the moon roof reaches the bounce back position the moon roof will travel with no bounce back protection If the control is released before the moon roof reaches fully closed or the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active the moon roof will stop Security override can be used if the moon roof movement is restricted in some way for example if there is ice on the moon roof or seals To vent e To tilt the moon roof into the vent position when the glass panel is closed press and release the front portion of the control e To close the moon roof from the vent position press and hold the rear portion of the control until the glass panel stops moving The moon roof has a sliding shade that can be opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle 88 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until any door is opened INTERIOR TRUNK CONTROL Press the remote trunk release control on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel e 89 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security KEYS Yo
85. the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop 236 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system ABS do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Maintenance and Modifications
86. the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section 188 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Solid Warning Light Tire s 1 Check your tire pressure to under inflated ensure tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light will turn OFF Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If you
87. tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code e Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire e Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires 172 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door e B pillar The structura
88. unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle s engine and will operate the remote entry system if the new key is an Integrated Keyhead Transmitter The theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and then go out to indicate successful programming If the key was not successfully programmed it will not start your vehicle s engine and or will not operate the remote entry features The theft indicator light may flash on and off Wait 20 seconds and you may repeat Steps 1 through 8 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s programmed To program additional new unprogrammed key s wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 106 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security PERIMETER ALARM SYSTEM The perimeter anti theft system will help protect your vehicle from unauthorized entry If there is any potential perimeter anti theft problem with your vehicle ensure ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters are brought to the authorized dealer to aid in troubleshooting Arming the system When armed this system will respond if unauthorized entry is attempted
89. use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities later in this chapter for more information Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule listed in the scheduled maintenance information Ford production and Motorcraft replacement oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application 290 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry
90. v to scroll through all possible categories When the desired category appears in the display press lt SEEK TRACK p to find the next station playing that selection or press SCAN for a brief sampling of all stations playing that category of music CD MP3 Player CD Press to enter CD MP3 mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display LOAD For a single CD system This control is not operational To load a CD simply insert the disc label side up into the CD slot For a CD6 system Press LOAD When the display reads SELECT SLOT choose the desired slot number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within five seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to six discs Press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the disc in preset 1 will begin to play Press the number preset buttons 1 6 to choose the disc you want to play EJECT For a single CD system press EJECT to eject the CD For a CD6 system press EJECT and select the desired CD slot by pressing the corresponding memory pres
91. vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon C indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the service engine soon CY indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced Refer to the On board diagnostics OBD II description in this chapter If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon K indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon C indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing 312 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway highway fol
92. with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire wheel cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 187 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked Visit www checkmytires org for additional information When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore
93. you when fully extended WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts 130 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and front passenger s safety belt is unbuckled The Belt Minder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warnin
94. 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Choosing the right fuel If your vehicle is a flexible fuel vehicle FFV use only UNLEADED FUEL and FUEL ETHANOL Ed75 Ed85 If your vehicle is not a flexible fuel vehicle FFV then only use UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 1096 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Octane recommendations Your vehicle is designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating l below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage FFV engine if equipped If your vehicle is flex fuel capable it is designed to use Fuel Ethanol Ed75 Ed85 Reg
95. 236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation your local St John Ambulance office at http www sfa ca or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 152 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children A s Recommended EB Child size height weight or age restraint type Infants Or toddlers Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer Use a child safety seat s
96. 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 3 0L V6 engine e 3 5L V6 engine 6 Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully then remove it again 286 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications On the 2 5L I4 engine be sure the notch in the dipstick flange is aligned with the V on the engine when reinserting it e 2 5L I4 engine e 3 0L 3 5L V6 engines elf the oil level is within this range the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e 2 5L I4 engine e 3 0L 3 5L V6 engines elf the oil level is below this mark engine oil must be added to raise the level within the normal operating range 287 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 5L I4 engine e 3 0L V6 engine e 3 5L V6 engine If required add engine oil to the engine Refer to Adding engine oil in this chapter 288 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 5L 14 engine e 3 0L 3 5L V6 engines l sumo l eDo not overfill the engine with oil Oil levels above this mark may cause engine damage If the engine is overfilled some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Put the dipstick back in and ensure it is fully seated On the 2 5L I4 engine be sure the no
97. 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door TRAILER TOWING WARNING Never tow a trailer with this vehicle Your vehicle is not equipped to tow No towing packages are available through an authorized dealer RECREATIONAL TOWING Follow these guidelines for your specific powertrain combination to tow your vehicle for personal travel such as behind a motor home or a truck Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle Refer to the Climate controls chapter for more information In case of roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle please refer to Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter These guidelines are designed to prevent damage to your vehicle 197 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Front Wheel Drive FWD 2 5L and 3 0L vehicles Tow your Front Wheel Drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider Note If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground follow these instructions e For autom
98. 5 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS The passenger airbag cover is a seamless design so that you cannot see the boundary around its door The shaded area in the illustration represents the passenger airbag cover VAN WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag cover Placing objects on or over the airbag cover may cause those objects to be thrown by the airbag into your face and torso or may result in a failure of the airbag to inflate properly both of which could result in serious injury Important supplemental restraint system precautions Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module D r las NN ES 136 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver
99. 594 4857 FAX 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications CHQ202 The Canadian Road P O Box 2000 Oakville ON Canada L6J 5E4 269 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inf
100. 8 While still holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 e 8a second time 5 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled 94 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors c are unlocked The childproof locks are located on e et rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e nsert the key and turn to the lock position key at an angle to engage the childproof locks e nsert the key and turn to the unlock position key horizontal to disengage the childproof locks INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior luggage compartment release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle 95 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security To open the luggage compartment door lid from within the luggage
101. A available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects 271 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning WAXING e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A which is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong
102. A fus Locks and Security The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the c control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter e the ignition is turned on Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry To unlock the driver s door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note If the two stage unlocking feature is disabled all doors will unlock for more information regarding two stage unlocking refer to the Unlocking the doors Two stage wnlock section earlier in this chapter To unlock all doors enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds To open the trunk enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 5 e 6 control within five seconds To lock all doors press and hold the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time with the driver s door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition Your vehicle co
103. Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is obtained WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield 294 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Do not mix coolants Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alc
104. Backing slowly from the parking spot in these situations helps to increase the sensor coverage and effectiveness 228 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving CTA coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles refer to figure for approximate zone coverage areas sensor obstructed to vehicle on left 0 CTA detection limitations Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles entering and exiting the blind spot zones may not be detected Below is a list of circumstances that may cause non detection e Debris build up on the rear quarter panel fascias e The rear quarter panel radar beams are obstructed or partially obstructed by an adjacently parked vehicle or object Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h e Severe weather conditions e Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 km h e Backing out of an angled parking spot CTA False Alerts Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances when the BLIS will alert with no object present when backing up This is known as a false alert Some level of false alerts are normal Circumstances that may cause a false alert when backing up are backing out of a garage backing in to a parking space and objects very close to the sensor False alerts are temporary and self correct 229 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving
105. E e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off e Automatic transmission 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels e Manual transmission 1 Set the parking brake press and hold the clutch pedal place the gearshift in 1 First and release the clutch pedal 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels 279 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Working with the engine on e Automatic transmission 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels e Manual transmission 1 Set the parking brake press and hold the clutch pedal place the gearshift in N Neutral and release the clutch pedal 2 Block the wheels WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running OPENING THE HOOD qm 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel near the steering column 2 Go
106. FO menu to display your instantaneous nog ET 4 fuel economy This will display your Dobis fuel economy as a bar graph ranging u mi from V poor economy to A excellent economy Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel economy When your vehicle is not moving this function shows W one or no bars illuminated Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset Trip elapsed drive time Select this function from the INFO menu to display a timer MER v A To operate the Trip Elapsed Drive D D mi Time perform the following 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer 3 Press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the timer 21 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Setup menu Press this for the following displays e System Check e Oil Life e Units English Metric e Autolamp if equipped e Autolock e Autounlock e Blind spot monitoring system if equipped e Cross traffic alert system if equipped e Reverse sensing system if equipped e Language System check Selecting this function from the INFO RESET SETUP menu causes the message RESET FOR center to cycle through each of the TER Eri systems being monitored SYSTEM CHECK Pressing RESET cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored Some monitored systems show a message only
107. H lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 159 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 nsert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 160 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out aaa 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The bel
108. HICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE XXX EXT PNT _ XX RC XX DSO WBTBRK TINTTR PPS TR TAXLE TTR SPR XXXXX XXX X Xx X X XXX XX JOQ0O00000000 XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD t a FORD MC MOTOR CC 0 DATE Xx xx non ETY LU la REAR MU w AR XXXX 8 XXXXKG WITHZAVEC TIRES PNEUS Jox XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JAMTES XXxXXX AL AkPa PSAPC xxx xx COLD A FROID p ELEES VIN 3000000000000000X 0000 TYPE 20000x COMPLIES2000 300 00 OAA Aun ll INTTR TIPPS TR AMIE mi SPR X XX X XXXX XXX 7 000000000000 XXX D000 000000CXX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 195 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicles GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle we
109. LUTCH FLUID Brake and clutch systems are supplied from the same reservoir e 2 5L engine 1 1 MIN 1 MAX e 3 0L 3 5L engines The fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components are replaced Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking 6 speed automatic transmission fluid AWS21 if equipped Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 314 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Checking automatic transmission fluid at normal operating temperature 140 F 158 F 60 C 70 C Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km until the engine coolant gauge indicates normal operating temperature If your vehicle has been operated for an extended peri
110. NCETRAC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 207 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover perso
111. NG Never adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is moving ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR IF EQUIPPED Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror lamps Co Slide on rod feature if equipped Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the headliner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield LL 75 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls OVERHEAD CONSOLE IF EQUIPPED The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package Storage compartment Press on the rear edge of the compartment door to open The storage compartment may be used to secure sunglasses or a similar object ELECTRONIC COMPASS IF EQUIPPED The compass heading is displayed in the Center Integrated Display CID The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a
112. NING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist The BLIS has an yellow indicator also referred to as the alert located in the left and right exterior mirrors When the vehicle is started the BLIS9 automatically illuminates both indicators for several seconds indicating the system is operating The first time you place the transmission in D Drive after starting the engine and drive forward at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h the BLIS9 becomes active Afterwards the BLIS remains active for all speeds including zero mph BLIS is also active if the transmission is placed in N Neutral If the transmission is shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral the system will enter the CTA mode see CTA operation below Once shifted back in to D Drive the BLIS9 mode will activate once driven above 3 mph 5 km h 226 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving The BLISS will trigger the alert for vehicles that enter your blind zone from the rear or merge in to the blind zone from the side Vehicles that you pass or a vehicle that enters the blind zone from the front will trigger the alert only after the vehicle is present in the blind zone for three seconds Note For vehicles that pass through the blind zone quickly typically
113. Press MENU repeatedly until COMPRESSION ON OFF appears in the display Use lt q SEEK TRACK P to toggle between ON OFF When COMPRESSION is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level SHUFFLE Press MENU repeatedly until SHUFFLE ON OFF appears in the display Use lt Q SEEK TRACK to toggle between ON OFF If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press lt q SEEK TRACK gt to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing The system will only shuffle the currently playing disc 32 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Satellite Radio if equipped Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS9 radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability SIRIUS Press repeatedly to access satellite radio mode if equipped Press repeatedly to cycle through SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes TUNE OK Turn the knob to go to the next previous available SIRIUS satellite station DIRECT Press DIRECT then enter the desired channel i e 002 using the memory preset buttons 0 9 If you only enter one digit press OK and the system will go to that satellite channel If you enter three digits the system will automatically go to that channel if available You may cancel your entry by pressing DIRECT If an invalid station number is entered INVALID CHANNEL will appear
114. STEERING ASSIST FAULT may display in the message center refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information 211 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving WARNING The EPS has diagnostics checks that continuously monitor the EPS to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected the message POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT will be displayed in the message center If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the message center for POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT If the message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked With the message displayed the Steering assist is turned off making the vehicle harder to steer WARNING If the message SERVICE POWER STEERING is displayed in the message center the EPS has detected a problem with the system function On the next key cycle the message SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW will be displayed and steering assist will be removed until the steering system is serviced Have your vehicle taken to the nearest dealer as soon as possible 3 5L V6 Duratec engine Your vehicle is equipped with a hydraulic steering system To help prevent damage to the power steering system never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than a f
115. Table of Contents Introduction 4 Instrument Cluster 12 Warning lights and chimes 12 Gauges 17 Message center 19 Entertainment Systems 29 AM FM stereo with CD MP3 29 Auxiliary input jack Line in 37 USB port 38 Satellite radio information 42 Navigation system 45 SYNC 45 Climate Controls 46 Manual heating and air conditioning 46 Dual automatic temperature control 48 Navigation system based climate control 51 Rear window defroster 55 Lights 56 Headlamps 56 Turn signal control 60 Bulb replacement 61 Driver Controls 74 Windshield wiper washer control 74 Steering wheel adjustment 75 Power windows 80 Mirrors 82 Speed control 83 Moon roof 87 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Table of Contents Locks and Security 90 Keys 90 Locks 91 Anti theft system 103 Seating and Safety Restraints 109 Seating 109 Safety restraints 122 Airbags 136 Child restraints 151 Tires Wheels and Loading 171 Tire information 171 Tire inflation 173 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 186 Vehicle loading 192 Trailer towing 197 Recreational towing 197 Driving 200 Starting 200 Brakes 205 AdvanceTrac 207 Transmission operation 214 Reverse sensing system 222 Rear view camera system 224 Roadside Emergencies 239 Getting roadside assistance 239 Hazard flasher switch 241 Fuel pump shut off switch 241 Fuel pump shut off 242 Fuses and relays 242 Changing tires 249 Wheel lug nut torque 255 Jump starting 257 Wrecker towi
116. The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off highway usage 237 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom Aa of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also wate
117. When unauthorized entry occurs the system will flash the turn signal lamps and will sound the horn The system is ready to arm whenever the key is in the 1 off position or is removed from the ignition Either of the following actions will prearm the alarm system e Press the 2 control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter When you press the lock control twice within three seconds on the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT the horn will chirp once to let you know that all doors the hood and the trunk are closed If any of these are not closed the horn will chirp twice to warn you that a door the hood or the trunk is still open e Press the driver or passenger C interior door lock control while the door is open then close the door Press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 a controls on the keyless entry 3 keypad if equipped at the same time to lock the doors driver s door must be closed There is a 20 second countdown when any of the above actions occur before the vehicle becomes armed Each door the hood or the trunk is armed individually and if any are open they must be closed for the system to enter the 20 second countdown The turn signal lamps will flash once when all doors the hood and the trunk are closed indicating the vehicle is locked and entering the 20 second countdown 107 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Se
118. accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See your SYNC supplement for more information 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the occupants potentially including information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled e how far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e how fast the vehicle was traveling e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel and e longitude and latitude of vehicle at last location using GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independe
119. acity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty 307 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same direction each time you fill up e Have the vehicle loading and dis
120. afety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot i e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated 174 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the
121. afety Restraints e If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Pass Airbag Off A Disabled Small child in child Lit Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled belt buckled or unbuckled WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled
122. age comes on the fuel fill inlet may not have properly closed The inlet may have stuck open or debris may be preventing the inlet from fully closing At the next opportunity safely pull off the road turn off the engine open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel see Refilling with a portable fuel container for funnel location provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the check fuel fill inlet lamp or CHECK FUEL FILL INLET message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the check fuel fill inlet lamp or CHECK FUEL FILL INLET message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the check fuel fill inlet lamp or CHECK FUEL FILL INLET message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel no cap fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV fuel fill inlet If your vehicle is flex fuel capable it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet bp 303
123. airbag module WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Steps you can take to properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS or its fuses See your authorized dealer WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle 137 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a ch
124. an be activated deactivated independently of the autolock feature Before starting ensure the ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 93 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the on position c 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times a 3 Turn the ignition from the on c position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 To enable disable the autounlock feature press the lock control then press the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position 2 Close all the doors 1 8 3 4 5 8 7 8 T 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 e
125. an that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest free finance options available Take advantage of our installment payment plan just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment opportunity 336 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan DHVIA 3 diz 3l1vls ALIO ON LdV ssayqqv LNIHd SSV41d SINVN 66 8908t IN 20 je oH cZ08 xog O d d 3 P4103 0 SIU pew pue mojaq uoneuuojur eui ejejduioo aow Wee o id S3 P404 YUM puipyJ 40 8368d BUINUAY Jag 337 Owners Guide 2nd Printing 2010 Fusion fsn USA fus Index A Automatic transmission driving an automatic overdrive ssesess 214 216 Accessory delay ss 8l fd addig ol 314 321 Adyance Traesent 207 fluid checking ssis 314 321 Air cleaner filter 321 322 324 fluid a eere in Air conditioning Selectshift SST 218 automatic temperature Auxiliary input jack Line in 37 control system 48 51 Axle Airbag supplemental restraint lubricant specifications PEN 325 SYSLGID is teet 136 145 147 B and child safety seats 138 description 136 145 147 Battery tre emen 291 disposal VASA Eus te dede 151 acid treating emergencies 291 driver airbag 136 138 146 149 jumping a disabled battery 257 indicator light 144 147 151 maintena
126. ar Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 278 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICL
127. ard is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada the card is found in the Customer Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 km To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information call 1 800 665 2006 240 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL The hazard flasher is located between the center air registers above the radio The hazard flashers will operate whether the ignition is off or on Press in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH 3 5L ENGINE This device stops the electric fuel pump from sending fuel to the engine when your vehicle has had a subs
128. arts to cool down adjust the fan speed to maintain comfort To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select Jd 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED E TEXIS Jv o TEMP V o gp 38 7 BERE AME Outside temperature if equipped The outside temperature will appear in the display and is labeled EXT TEMP 48 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Setup menu in the Message center section of the Instrument Cluster chapter 1 AUTO Driver temperature Press to engage full automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature Turn to increase decrease the temperature on the driver side of the vehicle The control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when PASS TEMP is disengaged The recommended initial setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75
129. ately from your authorized dealer Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction and the brake system should be inspected immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury continues to flash a malfunction has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or ABS 13 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Airbag readiness If this light fails e e to illuminate when the ignition is 9 turned to on continues to flash or IN remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter to activate deactivate the Belt Minder chime feature Charging system Illuminates when
130. atic transmission vehicles have your transmission fluid level checked by an authorized dealer For the correct transmission fluid level when flat towing all four wheels on the ground refer to Transmission fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter e Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake e Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral Place the ignition to the accessory position refer to Starting in the Driving chapter e Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h for automatic transmission vehicles and 70 mph 113 km h for manual transmission vehicles e For automatic transmission vehicles start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter With the engine running and your foot on the brake shift into D Drive and then into R Reverse before shifting back into N Neutral All Wheel Drive AWD 3 0L vehicles Tow your All Wheel Drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer Do not tow your All Wheel Drive vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly and the rear wheels on the ground This will cause damage to your AWD system If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instruction specified by the equipment provider Note If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground follow these instructions e For automatic
131. ature has been activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position to exit the procedure Note The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Illuminated exit e When all vehicle doors are closed and the key is removed from the ignition the interior lamps and the puddle lamps if equipped will illuminate The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse or e the key is inserted in the ignition Battery saver The battery saver will shut off the lamps 30 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 off position e f the dome lamps were turned on using the panel dimmer control the battery saver will shut them off 30 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the off position e f the courtesy lamps were turned on because one of the vehicle doors or the trunk was opened the battery saver will shut off them off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the off position e The battery saver will shut off the headlamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the off position 101 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without eg 5 8 7 8 e using a key e open the trunk The keypad can be operated with the factory set 5 digit e
132. ay The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected Average fuel economy AFE Select this function from the INFO menu to display your average fuel XX X AVG MPG economy in miles gallon or T 0m liters 100 km Umi If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing distance traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 20 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster To determine your average highway fuel economy do the following 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press RESET press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings For more information refer to Essentials of good fuel economy in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Instantaneous fuel economy IFE Select this function from the IN
133. ay also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press the Max A C button again for normal A C operation VOICE COMMANDS IN CLIMATE MODE Please refer to the Voice commands in climate mode section of the Navigation supplement for more information on using voice commands with the climate control system 53 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Q defrost or GA floor defrost To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system OFF or with A recirculated air engaged and A C off e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C position reduce blower fan speed from the highest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into the P Park gear position for automatic transmissions to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance Automatic operation Press AUTO for full automatic operation Do
134. ays use booster seats in conjunction with the vehicle lap shoulder belt e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 168 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings below also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under t
135. back After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Make sure that the safety belt for the rear center passenger is properly routed over the rear seatback 121 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Seat mounted cup holders and armrest storage compartment To access the cup holders fold the armrest down WS NS WARNING Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in a collision SAFETY RESTRAINTS Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System M provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors Driver s seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Front crash se
136. be turned to start before the 12 second chime expires See Perimeter alarm system in the Locks amd security chapter CHECK AWD if equipped Displayed when a problem exists with the AWD system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Temporary messages INTKEY COULD NOT PROGRAM Displayed when an attempt is made to program an invalid key or more than the maximum number of integrated keys allowed For more information on integrated key refer to the Locks amd Security chapter 28 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS AM FM single CD or in dash CD6 MP3 satellite compatible sound system 5 6 0 CLOCK 1 2 DIRECT 7 e Le T7 Te WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the radio and other electrical accessories may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened Note Your vehicle
137. behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two crash sensors located under the outboard side of the front seats attached near the floor Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 146 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide
138. ble causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the left or right Clean the fascia area in front of radar is dirty or obstructed in the radar either left or right side Some way or remove obstruction The surface of the left or right Drive normally in traffic for a few radar is not dirty or obstructed minutes to allow the radar to detect that it is no longer blocked Note the vehicle must be in D Drive and a few vehicles must pass so that the BLIS9 can clear a blocked state Heavy rainfall or heavy snowfall is No action required by the driver interfering with the radar signals The system will automatically go unblocked once the rainfall snowfall rate decreases or stops Do not use BLIS CTA in heavy rainfall or heavy snowfall Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Trailer tow false alerts When towing a trailer the left and right sensor may detect the trailer thus causing a false alert It may be desirable to turn the BLIS off if the false alerts become annoying 231 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Day and night brightness The BLIS CTA alert will automatically dim when the headlamp switch is in PARK ON or AUTO ON and night time darkness has been detected by the sun sensor
139. brake traction control features will continue to function however ESC is disabled AdvanceTrac Features Control switch functions Illuminated during bulb check Default at start up Control switch pressed momentarily Control switch pressed again after deactivation illuminated Not illuminated Sliding car off ESC icon hi Traction control Illuminated during bulb check Enabled Enabled Illuminated Enabled solid Not illuminated ag Disabled Enabled STEERING 2 5L I4 engine and 3 0L V6 Duratec engine Your vehicle is equipped with an Electric Power Steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal The EPS system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the EPS system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected the following message SERVICE POWER STEERING SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW or POWER
140. by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAAB C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor tract
141. cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life 179 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Front Wheel Drive FWD AII Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram NN NNNANAN NN NNNNAN NN NANNAN NN NNANNAN Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that i
142. cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline and or ethanol vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FFV fuel tanks may contain zero to 85 percent ethanol Any fuel blends containing gasoline and e
143. child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments and have attached the top tether strap to the proper top tether anchor do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to the vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchor
144. contact with a deploying side air curtain Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the side air curtain cover WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the seat WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side air curtain system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a side air curtain See your authorized dealer WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an inflatable curtain is provided WARNING To reduce the risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment zone of the inflatable curtain 148 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the side air curtain system work The design and development of the side air curtain system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including side air curtain systems The side air curtain system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with a gas generator concealed behind the h
145. control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center position to lock mirrors in place Heated mirrors if equipped GH Both mirrors are heated automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defrost is activated Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Blind spot mirrors if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with blind spot information mirrors See Blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert CTA in the Driving section SPEED CONTROL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal WARNING Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved 83 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls Using speed controls The speed controls are located on the steering wheel The following buttons work with speed control SET Press to set a speed or to increase or decrease the set speed CNCL Cancel RSM Resume Press to return cancel or resume a set speed ON OFF Press to turn speed control on or off CNCL RSM ON OFF INFO RESET The speed control system uses two indicator lights in the instrument
146. curity Disarming the system You can disarm the system by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors by using the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter e Unlocking the doors using the keyless entry keypad if equipped e Turn ignition to the on position with a valid SecuriLock key e Press the panic control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT This will only shut off the horn and turn lamps when the alarm is sounding The alarm system will still be armed If using a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle a chime will sound and the message center will display TO STOP ALARM START VEHICLE when you open the door and you will have 12 seconds to disarm the alarm system using any of the actions above otherwise the alarm will trigger Pressing the power door unlock control within the 20 second prearmed mode will return the vehicle to a disarmed state Triggering the anti theft system The armed system will be triggered if e Any door the hood or the trunk is opened without using the door key or the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT e The ignition is turned to the 3 on position with an invalid SecuriLock key 108 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SEATING WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in th
147. d Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 260 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 261 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roa
148. d restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Insert and push a tool such as a large paper clip into the pin hole located on the side of the guide sleeve and press the adjust release button then pull the head restraint upward 3 Store the head restraint in a secure location such as the trunk of the vehicle 119 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks fi MU Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly Split folding rear seatbacks One or both rear seatbacks can be folded down to provide additional cargo space 120 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To lower the seatback s pull the release handle s located inside the trunk Fold the seatback s down WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seat
149. d when the rear left door is not completely closed REAR RIGHT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear right door is not completely closed FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition CHECK FUEL FILL INLET Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed Refer to Easy Fuel no cap fuel system in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK PARK AID if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the Reverse Sensing System Park Aid is disabled Refer to Reverse sensing system Park Aid in this section to enable LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on
150. de 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading VEHICLE LOADING This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the
151. densation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 5096 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp 61 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time Number of bulbs Headlamp high beam H7LL Headlamp low beam HIILL Front sidemarker lamp 1 68 Front park turn signal lamp Lx S Fog lamp if equipped 12V6W Dome reading lamp 6 578 Visor vanity lamp Slide on Rail system SOR if eq
152. dside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur If your vehicle is to be towed using wheel lift equipment the non lifted wheels must be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the vehicle Place a rag on top of the hoist cable below the fascia when loading or unloading a vehicle on a flatbed wrecker to prevent surface damage to the fascia Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 262 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Emergency towing In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle regardless of transmission powertrain configuration can be flat towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions e Vehicle is facing forward so that it is being towed in a forward direction e Place the transmission in N Neutral Refer to Brake shift interlock in the Driving chapter for specific instructions if you cannot move the gear shift lever into N Neutral e Maximum speed is not to
153. e IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG that a Safety Comp liance FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR Certification Label be affixed to a KG WITH XXXXKG vehicle and prescribe where the SETTE Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPAX C PSLCOLD J ATOXXX APa XX PSI COLD Label may be located The Safety THIS vence AT OTOR ces a VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN Compliance Certification Label is EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE Pi VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX located on the structure B Pillar ay roor by the trailing edge of the driver s door or the edge of the driver s LER UR UT TT O UTUI door EXT PNT XX RCXX DSO WBTBRK INTTR TPPS R AXLE TR SPR TXXXXX XXX X XX X XX X XX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXK XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX 330 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications PEN Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your EE vehicle identification number Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information 1 World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle We
154. e at www genuineservice com U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Guides Maintenance Schedules Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions 264 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Mailing address Ford vehicles Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Mailing address Lincoln vehicles Lincoln Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www lincolncanada com Additional assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the
155. e designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions and in side collisions Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System M to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level 123 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front passenger sensing system For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants
156. e directly behind but very close False alerts are temporary and self correct 227 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Cross traffic alert CTA system operation The CTA system warns the driver of approaching vehicles when R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is backing out of a front in parking spot It sounds a series of tones and flashes the BLIS indicator found on the exterior mirror on the side of the approaching vehicle Additionally the message center will display either VEHICLE COMING FROM RIGHT or VEHICLE COMING FROM LEFT to warn the driver from which direction vehicles are approaching The system is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting vehicles in the blind zones The system will not detect infrastructure pedestrians or bicyclists WARNING To help avoid personal injury NEVER use the CTA system as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space CTA is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist The CTA system detects vehicles approaching up to 45 feet 14 meters away approximately the width of five parking spaces Coverage decreases when vehicles and objects in close proximity block the CTA sensors refer to figure for approximate zone coverage areas sensor obstructed to vehicle on left
157. e doors e4 5 7 8 0 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 92 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Autounlock feature The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is in the on position all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e the vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is turned to the Off or accessory position and the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being transitioned to the off or accessory position Note The doors will not autounlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked before the driver door is opened Deactivating activating autounlock feature Your vehicle comes with the autounlock features activated there are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer e by using a power door unlock lock sequence or e by using the keyless entry keypad if equipped or e by using the instrument cluster message center Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Note The autounlock feature c
158. e engine still fails to start press the accelerator to the floor and try Step 2 again keeping the accelerator on the floor until the engine begins to accelerate above cranking speeds this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air 203 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting and allows the heater defroster system to respond quickly If your vehicle is equipped with this system your equipment includes a heater element which is installed in your engine block and a wire harness which allows the user to connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source The block heater system is most effective when outdoor temperatures reach below 0 F 18 C WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury
159. e event of a collision WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with front row outboard head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button 4 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus 109 Seating and Safety Restraints To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding position 2 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 3 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the g
160. e or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations 2 5L ENGINE 273 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning 3 0L ENGINE PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e f tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 274 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This
161. e suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc 183 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 184 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different fr
162. eace of mind Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 334 2010
163. eadliner and above the doors e The headliner will flex to open above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two crash sensors located under the outboard side of the front seats attached near the floor e Two crash sensors located at the base of the C pillars above the wheel house Side air curtains and side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The side air curtain will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window openings 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus 149 Seating and Safety Restraints The side air curtains are mounted to the sheet metal above the first and second row seats In certain lateral collisions the air curtain and seat mounted side airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated except that the passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty unbuckled passenger seat or an unbuckled child or small person in the passenger seat The air curtain was designed to infla
164. eath in a collision WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Transporting children Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their age height and weight All children are shaped differently The child height age and weight thresholds provided are recommendations or the minimum requirements of law The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA provides education and training to ensure that all children ages 0 to 16 are properly restrained in the correct restraint system Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your seat is appropriate for your child and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provi
165. echnician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST Attaching child safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren attachments The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two 2 lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one 1 top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Ford Motor Company recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps and Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter for more information 162 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol
166. ed When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected 292 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Always dispose of automotive dine E batteries in a responsible manner s S Follow your local authorized S A standards for disposal Call your t local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the
167. ed dealer e by using a power door unlock lock sequence or e by using the keyless entry pad if equipped e by using the instrument cluster message center Refer to Message center in the Imstrument Cluster chapter Note The autolock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autounlock feature Before starting ensure the ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the on position Z 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times A 3 Turn the ignition from the on 2 wo position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 To enable disable the autolock feature press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position 2 Close all th
168. ed properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Combining safety belt and LATCH lower anchors for attaching child safety seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Refer to Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children in this chapter 164 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Attaching child safety seats with tether straps i Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle are located under a cover marked with the tether anchor symbol shown with title The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions v shown from top view 8 L
169. eed to be serviced Even when the ABS is disabled and the ABS light is on normal braking is still effective If your BRAKE warning lamp illuminates with the BRAKE parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately Using ABS When hard braking is required apply continuous force on the brake pedal do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle s stopping distance The ABS will be activated immediately allowing you to retain full steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces However the ABS does not decrease stopping distance and does not decrease the time necessary to apply the brakes 206 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Parking brake To set the parking brake 1 pull the parking brake handle up as far as possible The BRAKE warning lamp will illuminate and will remain illuminated until the parking brake is released B RAKE To release press and hold the button 2 pull the handle up slightly then push the handle down WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park automatic transmission or in 1 First manual transmission WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible ADVA
170. ehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the engine transmission AWD System components or axles are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the engine or transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and PTU Power Transfer Unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly 235 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hil
171. ehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 4096 297 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 4096 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection What you should know about fail safe cooling 2 5L 14 and 3 5L V6 engines only If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How fail safe cooling works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move t
172. elf out of the vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and you lock the vehicle with the power door lock control on the driver or passenger door trim panel all the doors will lock then all doors will automatically unlock reminding you that your key is still in the ignition The vehicle can still be locked with the key in the ignition using the manual lock control on the door locking the driver s door with a key or using the lock control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter If both front doors are closed the vehicle can be locked from any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Autolock feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all the doors are closed e the ignition is in the on position e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the on position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 91 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security Deactivating activating autolock feature Your vehicle comes with the autolock features activated there are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authoriz
173. elt positioning booster booster seat is used to improve the fit of the vehicle safety belt Children outgrow a typical child seat e g convertible or toddler seat when they weigh about 40 Ib 18 kg and are around four 4 years of age Consult your child safety seat owner guide for the weight height and age limits specific to your child safety seat Keep your child in the child safety seat if it properly fits the child remains appropriate for their weight height and age AND if properly secured to the vehicle 166 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection children who have outgrown a typical child seat are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly and wearing an improperly fitted vehicle safety belt could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that vehicle lap shoulder safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably at the edge of the cushion while minimizing slouching Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder and across the center of the ches
174. emaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you re ready to sell your car prospective buyers may feel better about taking a risk on your used vehicle Ford ESP may add resale value Plus exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation 395 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford ESP Service Contract With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Avoid the rising cost of properly maintaining your vehicle Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Wiper blades e Brake pads and linings Spark plugs except e Shock absorbers California e Clutch disc e Belts and hoses Contact your selling Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Pl
175. en 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position 126 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming r from until you hear a snap and feel A di it latch Make sure the tongue is GS securely fastened in the buckle Na 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle XN All restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts While you are fastened in the safety belt the combination lap shoulder belt adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement Energy management feature front outboard e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front seats to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on collision e The energy management feature has a retractor assembly that is designed to extend the safety belt webbing in a controlled manner This helps reduce the belt force acting on the user s chest 127 2010 Fusion fsn Ow
176. en may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with a traction control system it may be beneficial to disengage the traction control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle 233 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and
177. engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 12 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning 1 B light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the B HAKE ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immedi
178. ent on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided 145 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including side air curtain systems The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with a gas generator concealed
179. ental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Checking transmission fluid level for recreational flat tow operation Type A vy 38 O Type B f4 o o DO NOT ADD o o ADD CHECK HOT D o o Before recreational flat towing your vehicle the transmission fluid level may need to be set to a lower level These guidelines are designed to prevent damage to your transmission Before you recreational flat tow your fluid level must be verified by an authorized dealer This fluid level is within the normal operating fluid range and does not require that you have your fluid level readjusted after recreational flat tow operation See the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for more information on recreational flat towing 320 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Checking and adding manual transmission fluid if equipped 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface 2 Engage the parking brake fully put in first gear 3 Ensure the vehicle cannot move ad am 4 Clean the filler plug 5 Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level 6 Fluid level should be at bottom of the opening 7 Add enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is within 3 8 inch 10mm of the bottom o
180. eplaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used 176 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 19977 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire replacement requirements Your vehicle is equipped with ti
181. er washer ABS valve Pi etued 247 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Lien eee EN 12 Noted 13 Noted O 14 Not used PS TC Not used 18 Not used 19 Not used Not used 21 Not used 23 10A PCM Keep alive power Canister vent PC Notused 60A 80A 20A 30A 30A 30A 20A 40A 24 25 26 27 bo oo Cooling fan motor 3 5L Front power point 60A Cooling fan motor 2 5L amp 3 0L 30A Fuel relay relay 54 power wwo Front A C blower motor relay 52 power 36 39 jNotused 248 o o A C2 25 26 ae ar 34 ae 36 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits tein ia ae Notused ssid used 42 Noted 0 O 43 G8VAreay A C clutch LH tot used PSA Injectors PGA PCM 4T 10A General powertrain components pese A C clutch relay Backup lamps 15A Emissions related powertrain ENES 20A Emissions elated bowerisst T femmes Gn POC Noetued PEC Notued 56 jNotusd BE Notued CHANGING THE TIRES If y
182. ertainment system with special phone and media features For more information please refer to the SYNC supplement or to the SYNC section in the Navigation System supplement if equipped 45 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED BAL EI e ES 7 Vom Ezy H eE D D 1 Fan speed adjustment Turn to select fan speed q J 2 Psy Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 3 G47 Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection 4 qu Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging 5 b Power Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle through the vents 6 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 7 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents if equipped
183. es not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision 57 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights High beams E D Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever toward you to deactivate Flash to pass Pull toward you slightly to activate and release to deactivate PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in the vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation e Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten dim all interior lit components incrementally or e Press and hold the top or bottom of the control until the desired lighting level is reached e Press and hold the top of the control to the full on position to activate the dome on feature This will turn on the interior courtesy lights The lights will remain on until the bottom of the control is pressed 58 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Note If the battery is disconnected discharged or a new battery is installed the dimmer control requires re calibration Press the dimmer control from the full dim position to the full on position to reset This will ensure that your displays are visible under all lighting conditions AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on y
184. est local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 To activate the autoset feature Press MENU repeatedly until AUTO PRESET ON OFF appears in the display Use SEEK TRACK ff to toggle AUTO PRESET to ON and either wait five seconds for the search to initiate or press OK to immediately initiate the search If you press another control within those five seconds the search will not initiate The 10 strongest stations will be filled and the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are fewer then 10 strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets RDS Radio Data System Radio Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RDS equipped stations for a certain category of music format CLASSIC COUNTRY JAZZ RB ROCK etc To activate Press MENU repeatedly until RDS ON OFF appears in the display Use SEEK TRACK b to toggle RDS ON OFF When RDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RDS equipped stations or view the station name or type 30 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems CAT FOLD Category Folder This feature allows you to select from various music categories To change RDS categories Press MENU repeatedly until RDS ON OFF appears in the display Use A v to toggle RDS to ON Press CAT PRESS UP OR DOWN TO CHANGE RDS CATEGORY will appear in the display Press A
185. et The display will read EJECTING 7 When the system has ejected the CD the display will read REMOVE CD Remove the CD If you do not remove the CD the system will reload the disc To auto eject all loaded discs Press and hold EJECT The system will eject all discs and prompt you when to remove them 31 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems gt I1 Play Pause Press to play pause a track when playing a SEEK TRACK Press SEEK TRACK p to access the previous next track CAT Category FOLD Folder In MP3 mode only Press CAT FOLD and then press SEEK TRACK to access the previous next folder SCAN Press for a brief sampling of all tracks on the current disc or MP3 folder DIRECT In CD mode Press DIRECT The display will read DIRECT TRACK MODE SELECT TRACK Enter the desired track number using the memory preset buttons 0 9 The system will then begin playing that track In MP3 folder mode Press DIRECT and the memory preset buttons 0 9 of the desired folder The system will advance to that specific folder TEXT In MP3 mode only Press TEXT repeatedly to view Album AL Folder FL Song SO and Artist AR in the display if available In TEXT MODE Sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the indicator is active press TEXT and then press lt Q SEEK TRACK fe to view the additional display text COMPRESSION
186. ew Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the section Airbag Supplemental Restraint System SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle For U S only Gf equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be
187. ew seconds when the engine is running If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort e Do not operate the vehicle with a low power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the steering wanders or pulls equipped with either an EPS or a hydraulic steering system check for e an improperly inflated tire 212 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull Speed sensitive steering The steering in your vehicle is speed sensitive At lower speeds the assist is increased to improve maneuverability If the amount of effort required to steer your vehicle changes while driving at a constant vehicle speed have the power steering
188. exceed 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 263 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available onlin
189. f at normal operating temperature 185 F 200 F 85 C 93 C 318 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications High fluid level Type A BEV Be Type B DO NOT ADD o o 9 o o ADD CHECK HOT x aatis Fluid levels above the zone identified by the arrows in the above figures may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick blade Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct Type A EERE D Type B DO NOT ADD N l ADD CHECK HOT D EPI If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by an authorized dealer 319 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplem
190. f automatically in some airflow modes to reduce fog potential 12 MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press the MAX A C button again for normal A C operation 13 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C G87 defrost and floor defrost 14 aj Driver heated seat control if equipped Press to activate deactivate the driver heated seat See Heated seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 50 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL NAVIGATION BASED IF EQUIPPED CLIMATE Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter 1 CLIMATE Press to control the climate control system through the touch display screen See Touchscreen functions later in this section 2 Psy Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mi
191. f the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface 8 Install and tighten the fill plug securely Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 321 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Changing the air filter element e 2 5L I4 engine e 3 0L V6 engine e 3 5L V6 engine 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 322 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 5L I4 engine e 3 0L V6 engine e 3 5L V6 engine 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 323 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter
192. for the current units UNITS to be displayed lt ENG gt METRIC 2 Press RESET to change from English to Metric Autolamp delay if equipped This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off 1 To disable enable the autolamp delay feature select this function auraLRmP SEC from SETUP control the current display mode 10 20 2 Press RESET to select the new autolamp delay values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 seconds 23 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Autolock This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion 1 To disable enable the autolock feature select this function from BuTaLac amp SETUP for the current display mode DN GFF 2 Press RESET to turn autolock on or off Autounlock This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off 1 To disable enable the autounlock feature select this function from Th INI Z SETUP for the current display AUT nd ILOCH mode DON OFF 2 Press RESET to turn autounlock on or off Blind spot system if equipped This feature is designed to assist the driver by monitoring the side areas on both sides of the vehicle 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu
193. g counterclockwise 4 Carefully pull the bulb out from the socket Install new bulb s in reverse order 72 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Replacing fog lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the fog lamp switch is in the off position 2 From underneath the vehicle partially remove the tire splash shield by removing four drive screws After removing to allow free access to the front fog lamp bulb and electrical wire harness the splash shield flap can be repositioned 3 Rotate the harness bulb assembly counterclockwise to remove from f the fog lamp PS 4 Carefully disconnect the bulb Vo from the harness assembly via the two snap clips Install the new bulb in reverse order 73 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls MULTI FUNCTION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Speed dependent wipers When the wiper control is set on the intermittent settings the speed of the wipers will automatically adjust with the vehicle speed The faster your vehicle is travelling the faster the wipers will go Windshield washer Press the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick press and hold the gt wipers will swipe three times with washer fluid e a long pre
194. g To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the Belt Minder feature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature When the Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 181 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The Belt Minder feature uses two different warning chimes During the first minute of activation the warning chime will sound once every second The remaining warning chimes will sound twice every second while the system is activated The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 3 mph
195. g USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 12 Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tir
196. g the most recently selected satellite radio category on or off The category icon CAT will illuminate in the display when a specific category is selected the icon will not illuminate during CATEGORY ALL If no category has ever been selected NO CATEGORY SELECTED will display Note Separate categories can be set for SAT1 SAT2 or SATS Refer to Satellite radio menu for further information on selecting a satellite radio category SATELLITE RADIO MENU Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press A IV to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY MENU Press OK to enter category mode Press A v to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS9 channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press A v to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu e SONG SEEK MENU Press OK to enter song seek menu Press A v to scroll through the following options a SAVE THIS SONG Press OK to save the currently playing song s title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system will alert you with an audible
197. g a vehicle with an 2 av automatic transmission _ Ze NA 71 e Make sure the parking brake is AA set 201 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving e Make sure the gearshift is in P Park If starting a vehicle with a manual transmission e Make sure the parking brake is set e Push the clutch pedal to the floor 3 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights amd chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights 202 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Starting the engine 1 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start 2 Turn the key to 4 start then O 4 release the key as soon as the engine begins cranking Your vehicle 0 has a computer assisted cranking system that assists in starting the engine After releasing the key from the 4 start position the engine may continue cranking for up to 10 seconds or until the vehicle starts Note Cranking may be stopped at any time by turning the key to the off position 3 After idling for a few seconds release the parking brake apply the brake shift into gear and drive Note If the engine does not start on the first try turn the key to the off position wait 10 seconds and try Step 2 again If th
198. ght adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly or child restraint system under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 170 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined
199. h period e winch out available within 100 feet 80 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 km Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services 239 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Canadian customers refer to your Customer Information Guide for information on e coverage period e exact fuel amounts e towing of your disabled vehicle e emergency travel expense reimbursement e travel planning benefits In Canada for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this c
200. he booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The importance of shoulder belts Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is generally best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use 169 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt hei
201. he center console if equipped Check the passenger airbag Off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Refer to Front passenger sensing system in the Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section for additional details Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system 114 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Move the control in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the 4 front portion of the seat cushion l v i 11 Move the control in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the rear 4 portion of the seat cushion Press the control in the direction of the arrows to move the seat forward backward up or down Power recline if equipped Press the control to recline the seatback forward or rearward N 115 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Heated seats if equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place an
202. he message center display on the instrument cluster will show the current selected gear you are in In order to prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM which may cause it to stall the SST will still automatically make some downshifts if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time Although the SST will make some downshifts for you it will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as the SST determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving The SST will not automatically upshift even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit It must be shifted manually by moving the gearshift lever back toward and releasing Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat 219 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED Using the clutch Manual transmission vehicles have a starter interlock that prevents cranking the e
203. hout stopping will usually give the best fuel economy Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel Anticipate stopping slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy Slow down gradually Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 1596 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between the top gears occurs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel economy Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy Use recommended engine oil Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information 309 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Conditi
204. icle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the 2 desired gear 2 To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six L Low This position e Provides increased engine braking during downhill mountain driving e Provides extended shift scheduling allowing both upshifts and downshifts at a higher overall RPM to provide optimum engine braking e s not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy 215 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic transmission equipped with a 3 0L or 3 5L V6 Duratec engine if equipped Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing
205. ide airbag when the passenger seat is empty and the safety belt is unbuckled or when a child or a small person occupies the front passenger seat and the safety belt is unbuckled Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage 124 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions when the side curtains and side airbags are activated This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Energy ma
206. if a warning is present The sequence of the system check report is as follows 1 XXX OIL LIFE All DOORS CLOSED TRUNK CLOSED BLIND SPOT SYSTEM if equipped CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM if equipped BRAKE SYSTEM FUEL LEVEL Oil Life XXX An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS 22 NOn KR wp 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster To reset the oil monitoring system to 10096 after each oil change approximately 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months perform the following 1 Press and release SETUP to display OIL LIFE XXX HOLD OW LIFE XXX RESET NEW HOLD RESET NEU 2 Press and hold RESET for two seconds and release Oil life is set to T 10096 and OIL LIFE SET TO 100 re is displayed o Note To change oil life 100 miles value from 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months to another value proceed to Step 3 3 Once OIL LIFE SET TO XXX is displayed release and press RESET to change the Oil Life Start Value Each release and press will reduce the value by 1096 Note Oil life start value of 10096 equals 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months For example setting oil life start value to 6096 sets the oil life start value to 4 500 miles 7 200 km and 219 days Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu
207. ight fuel section 305 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Running out of fuel Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8L of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8L may be required e The service engine soon Y indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a portable fuel container With the Easy Fuel no cap fuel system use the following directions when filling from a portable fuel container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the Easy Fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to y
208. ight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location O 3 Make vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number 331 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO i DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Label The follo wing table tells you FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXL which transmission each code XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXXIXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXIXXXXXXX TIRES represents XXXX KX RIMS XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX kPa XX PSLOOLD AT XXX APa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE XXX EXT PNT _ XX RC XX DSO WB BRK INTTR TPPS R AXLE SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X X XX XX 000000000000 X004 XXXX XXXXXXX XX 6 Speed Manual Transmission G6M o 6 OS 6 Speed Automatic Transmission 6F35 6 Speed Automatic Transmission Aisin F21 Booo O 332 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These qualit
209. ight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Another example for your vehicle with 1400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 18 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220
210. ild in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back Xe How does the safety belt pretensioner and airbag supplemental restraint system work The safety belt pretensioner and airbag SRS are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates pretensioner activation and airbag inflation The fact that the pretensioners and airbags did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 138 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes
211. ild in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by the vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 154 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or d
212. immediately WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon C indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 311 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Mainte
213. ine block heater cord plug BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light BRAKE 205 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an anti lock braking system ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking The ABS operates by detecting the onset of wheel lockup during brake application and compensates for this tendency Noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking any pulsation or mechanical noise you may feel or hear is normal In addition the ABS performs a self check after you start the engine and begin to drive away A brief mechanical noise may be heard during this test This is normal ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may n
214. ing or hot 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS I Important safety precautions WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel no cap fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled 299 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before fueling your vehicle Always turn off the vehicle before fueling Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuels such as gasoline and ethanol are highly toxic and if swallowed can
215. ins from the splash shield 65 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 3 Reaching through the wheel well remove the rubber bulb access cover from the housing 4 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it straight out of the lamp assembly 5 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb socket and discard the old bulb socket WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated 6 Connect the new bulb socket to the electrical connector 7 Install the new bulb socket into the lamp assembly by aligning the indexing fingers then rotate clockwise to the locked position 8 Install the rubber bulb access cover to the housing 9 Re apply pressure around the housing to make sure the protective rubber cover is completely seated 10 Turn the headlamps on and make sure they work properly If the headlamp was correctly aligned before you changed the bulb you should not need to align it again 66 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Replacing headlamp bulbs 3 5L engine High beam low beam bulb replacement For driver side replacement of the high beam low beam bulbs do the following 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is
216. ion performance 171 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of oma on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by aw WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment
217. is equipped with a unique audio system If your display shows six small circles in the NE display your audio system is a CD6 system If not your system is a Single CD system 000 639 Setting the clock To set the time press CLOCK The display will read SET TIME Use the memory preset numbers 0 9 to enter in the desired time hours and minutes The clock will then begin from that time 29 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AM FM Radio b VOL Power Volume Press to turn the radio on off Turn the knob to increase decrease volume If the volume is set above a certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on AM FM Press repeatedly to select AM FMI FM2 frequency band TUNE Turn the knob to go up down the frequency band in individual increments DIRECT Press DIRECT and then select the desired radio frequency i e 93 9 using the memory preset numbers 0 9 SEEK TRACK Press i SEEK TRACK p to access the previous next strong radio station SCAN Press for a brief sampling of all strong radio stations MEMORY PRESETS 0 9 When tuned to any station press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 30 stations 10 in AM 10 in FM1 and FM2 Saving presets automatically Autoset allows you to set the strong
218. ision FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate 15 fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire 242 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Standard fuse amperage rating and color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Curse Fuse link 3 maxi rating fuses fuses fuses cartridge 24 Grey Grey 3A Wee Vet 4A Pink Pk a n a E o Cosa Bem Bom ite fs ene qd ee ER ia Bu Be 25 Natural Natural 4 Orange Green Green 34 Re Re Re eoa Bue Yellow Yellow Ww tan Brown 3A New Bac Black Passenger compartment fuse panel The fuse panel is located below and to the left of the steering wheel by the brake pedal Remove the panel cover to access the fuses To remove a fuse use the fuse puller tool provided on the fuse panel cover 243 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fu
219. its e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road 178 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or
220. itters IKTs or standard SecuriLock keys e You must have two previously programmed coded keys keys that already operate your vehicle s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible e f two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed 105 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously 4 programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position insert the second previously coded Key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 20 seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new
221. l The system default is disabled SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off e CHANNEL LOCKOUT MENU Press OK to enter the Channel Lockout menu Press the A v to scroll through the following options a LOCK UNLOCK THIS CHANNEL Press OK when LOCK UNLOCK THIS CHANNEL is displayed and the display will read ENTER PIN Enter your four digit PIN number initial PIN is 1234 and the system will lock unlock the channel and CHANNEL LOCKED or UNLOCKED will be displayed Note you must be tuned to the specific channel you want to lock unlock when using this feature b CHANGE PIN Press OK when CHANGE PIN is displayed The display will read ENTER OLD PIN Enter your current old PIN number and when the system accepts your entry it will display ENTER NEW PIN Enter your new four digit PIN and the system will save the new PIN and PIN SAVED will display c UNLOCK ALL CHANNELS Press OK when UNLOCK ALL CHANNELS is displayed and the display will read ENTER PIN Enter your four digit PIN and the system will unlock all channels and the display will read CHANNEL UNLOCKED d RESET PIN Press OK when RESET PIN is displayed The display will read ARE YOUR SURE Press OK again to automatically reset the PIN number to its initial
222. l determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on snow and ice Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in
223. l contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation and your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the decision but should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford must abide by the accepted decision as well Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calli
224. l member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim e Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns 173 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING U
225. l or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat 156 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder belts If needed when installing some high back child restraints the head restraints of the second row seating positions can be removed To remove the head restraint insert and push a tool such as a large paper clip into the pin hole located on the side of the guide sleeve and press the lock release button then pull the head restraint upward 157 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To reinstall the head restraint line the posts up in the holes on the seat back with the head restraint strap facing the outside of the vehicle and push down until the head restraint locks into place Lift gently to ensure it is locked into place l i Refer to Rear adjustable head restraints earlier in this chapter for more information WARNING If the head restraint has been remo
226. le runs out of power Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags 151 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Important child restraint precautions WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be purchased separately from the vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The Recommendations for Safety Restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4
227. ll continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly 186 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading The Tire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped
228. llite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible 42 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system include hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For information on extended subscription terms the online media player and other SIRIUS features please contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note
229. lowed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated POWER STEERING FLUID Refer to scheduled maintenance information e 3 5L V6 engine only 1i WE 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN MAX or upper and lower lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 5 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the range between the MIN MAX or upper and lower lines Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to Maintenance product specifications amd capacities in this chapter for the proper fluid type 313 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BRAKE C
230. lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respect is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Certain components of this vehicle such as airbag modules seat belt pretensioners and button cell batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction SPECIAL NOTICES N
231. lways drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained T WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all childr
232. ly Replace with a new bulb and reverse the removal steps to complete the process Replacing front side marker bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 From underneath the vehicle partially remove the tire splash shield by removing the press pins After removing to allow free access to the front side marker lamp bulb and electrical wire harness the splash shield should be able to be repositioned 3 Rotate the lamp clockwise while holding the electrical connector in place After rotating the lamp 90 degrees clockwise pull and disengage the wire harness and bulb from the lamp 70 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 4 With the bulb exposed carefully remove the bulb from the socket by G grasping the bulb and pulling it away from the wire harness X 4 c Replace with a new bulb and reverse the removal steps to complete the process Replacing rear side marker lamp For replacement of the rear side marker lamp see your authorized dealer Replacing tail brake turn signal backup lamp bulbs The tail brake turn signal and backup lamp bulbs are located in the tail lamp assembly Follow the same steps to replace either bulb 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the trunk 2 Lift out trunk floor carpeting panel to access a luggage scuff plate hard molding shingles and a trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side
233. ly operate when the ignition is in the off position Opening the trunk esl Press 25 twice within three seconds to open the trunk e Ensure that the trunk is closed and latched before driving your vehicle Failure to properly latch the trunk may cause objects to fall out or block the driver s rear view 98 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security Replacing the battery The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent To replace the battery 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot of the IKT near the key ring in order to remove the battery cover Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board 2 Remove the old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the IKT for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 4 Snap the battery cover back onto the key Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the IKT to become deprogrammed from your vehicle The IKT should operate normally after battery replacement Replacing lost Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If you would like to have your Integrated Keyhead Transmitters reprogrammed because you lost one or would like to
234. m the features and options that are described in this Owner s Guide A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Guide is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary Safety Alert Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Side Child Seat Tether Anchor Anti Lock Brake System Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based Stability Control System Master Lighting Switch Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 10 AN A Ae ilb O on See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Lower Anchor Brake System Parking Brake System Parking Aid System Speed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist E o e OQ Q ddp DFO ILS 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary Power Windows Front Rear Child Safety Door Lock Unlock
235. magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass zone adjustment 76 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Compass zone adjustment 1 Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the on position 3 Press and hold the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together for approximately five seconds until ZONE XX appears in the CID 4 Press and release the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together repeatedly until ZONE XX changes to the correct zone 1 15 in the CID 5 The direction will display after the buttons are released The zone is now updated Compass calibration adjustment Driver Controls 6 39 NE 6 39 Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Start the vehicle 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus tht Driver Controls 2 To calibrate press and hold the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together for approximately 10 seconds until CAL appear
236. mes with two coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitters additional coded IKTs may be purchased from your authorized dealer Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired The authorized dealer can program your spare IKTs to your vehicle or you can program the IKTs yourself Refer to Programming spare keys for instructions on how to program the coded key Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection 103 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded IKT while starting the engine These objects will not cause damage to the coded IKT but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the IKT when starting the engine If a problem occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded IKT and restart the engine Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle Anti theft indicator The anti theft indicator is located in the
237. mfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort was in a hurry Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t work Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 4596 in cars and by 60 in light trucks Traffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t Set the example teen deaths occur 4 wear belts times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see 133 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Reasons given Consider have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Td rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH WARNING Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime
238. moving the lever to M activates two features at the same time Overdrive cancel and grade assist The message center display on the instrument cluster will show D and the overdrive cancel and grade assist lamp will illuminate 1 Overdrive cancel Overdrive is deactivated e The transmission operates in gears one through five e The overdrive cancel and grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated 2 Grade assist e mproves driving experience in hilly terrain or mountainous areas by providing additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation on uphill climbs e Provides additional engine braking through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Allows the transmission to select gears that will provide the desired engine braking based on the vehicle inputs mentioned above This will increase engine RPM during engine braking 217 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Overdrive cancel with grade assist is designed to provide optimal gear selection in hilly terrain or mountainous areas It is recommended that you return to O D overdrive mode on flat terrain to provide the best fuel economy and transmission function To return to O D overdrive mode move the shift lever back from M to D Drive e The overdrive cancel and grade assist lamp in the ins
239. mprove cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C QQ defrost and floor defrost Outside temperature if equipped The outside temperature will appear in the display and is labeled EXT TEMP Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Q defrost or HI floor defrost e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged and A C off e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the time to reach comfort in hot weather drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out 47 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C position reduce blower fan speed from the highest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into the P Park gear position automatic transmission only to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance in MAX A C mode 1 Select MAX A C 2 Select the coolest temperature setting 3 Set the fan to the highest speed initially As the interior st
240. n Note On some vehicles the perimeter lamps illuminated entry feature will not activate in daylight conditions Deactivating activating perimeter lamps illuminated entry You may enable disable this feature by having your vehicle serviced by your authorized dealer You may also perform the following power door lock sequence to enable disable the perimeter lamps feature Note Before starting ensure the ignition is in the 1 off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 100 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the 3 on position 2 N 2 Press the power door unlock 4 control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 on position to the 1 off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 Press the power door unlock control twice within five seconds Note The horn will chirp once to indicate the perimeter lighting feature has been deactivated The horn will chirp once and honk once one short and one long to indicate the perimeter lighting fe
241. n an obstacle has been detected in the window opening as the window is moving upward the window will automatically reverse direction and move down This is known as bounce back If the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active during bounce back the window will move down until the bounce back position is reached Security override To override a bounce back condition within two seconds after the window reaches the bounce back position pull and hold the switch up and the window will travel up with no bounce back or pinch protection If the switch is released before the window is fully closed the window will stop For example this can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the window or seals Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver and front passenger to operate the power windows To lock out all the window controls except for the driver and front passenger press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until either front door is opened 81 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls INTERIOR MIRROR The interior rear view mirror has two pivot points on the support arm which lets you adjust the mirror up or down and fr
242. n n in the instrument cluster will flash Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate ESC which include but are not limited to e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice or other slippery surfaces e Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa e Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels amd Loading chapter Switching Off AdvanceTrac If the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand and seems to lose engine power switching off certain features of the AdvanceTrac system may be beneficial because the wheels are allowed to spin This will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle To switch off the AdvanceTrac system press the AdvanceTrac amp control switch Full features of the AdvanceTrac system can be restored by pressing the AdvanceTrac control switch again or by turning off and restarting the engine When the AdvanceTrac system is off the sliding car off icon B wil mi illuminate steadily Pressing the AdvanceTrac control switch again OFF will turn off the sliding car off icon 210 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving In R Reverse ABS and the engine and
243. n the engine off Removing the spare tire and jack 1 Remove the carpeted load floor panel located in the rear of the vehicle and remove the lug wrench and long bolt from the tool bag 2 Remove the bolt securing the spare tire using the lug wrench then lift and remove the spare tire from the trunk 3 Remove the jack retention bolt by turning it counterclockwise and remove the jack from the vehicle 252 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Tire change procedure WARNING To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire For example if the left zc front tire is flat block the right rear x y Z Q d wheel m 2 Remove the center ornament if equipped from the wheel Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do
244. nagement feature front outboard section in this chapter Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System M uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors driver seat position sensor and front passenger sensing system In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision 125 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Safety belt precautions A WARNING A
245. nal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the sliding car icon will illuminate steadily and you may hear a chime If equipped with a message center the vehicle will also indicate a failure with the brake system have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Your vehicle is equipped with the AdvanceTrac system The AdvanceTrac system provides the following stability enhancement features for certain driving situations e Traction Control System TCS which functions to help avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction e Electronic Stability Control ESC which functions to help avoid skids or lateral slides The AdvanceTrac system automatically enables each time the engine is started All features of the AdvanceTrac system TCS and ESC are active and monitor the vehicle from start up However the system will only intervene if the driving situation requires it The AdvanceTrac system includes an AdvanceTrac control switch on the instrument panel a sliding car icon f and a sliding car off n icon amp in the instrument cluster Both the sliding car icon n and the sliding car off icon hi in the instrument cluster will illuminate temporarily during start up as part of a normal system self check The sliding car icon 44 may illuminate flash during certain driving situatio
246. nance and Specifications 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel no cap fuel system in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon I Y indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon C indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Your
247. nce free 291 operation 136 138 146 149 replacement specifications 324 passenger SGEVICIIIB dies vecsesgessceveesiestelssaesee 291 airbag s s s 136 138 146 149 Belt Minder oo cece 131 side airbag QURE NE 145 Bind Spot Information All Wheel Drive AWD System 226 driving off road 232 Bosetee sent 167 A N nee NOUNS ag e N ee ee 205 AWPM 1 tte 29 anti lock aaa 206 Antifreeze anti lock brake system ABS see Engine coolant 293 warning light s 206 Anti lock brak t fluid checking and adding 314 us k puse 206 fluid refill capacities 325 see Brakes een fluid specifications 325 Anti theft system 103 107 lubricant specifications 325 arming the system 107 DAPKUS MEN 207 disarming a triggered shift interlock 213 EM 108 3 triggering 1nd ten 108 E Me CEI serena i Aadio getan iilo A P E EE 6 6 CD anc dash ongema 29 C oilgle GD 25 eese 29 Audio system see Radio 29 Capacities for refilling fluids 325 338 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus ED P 29 Cell phone use s 8 Changing a tire oo cece 249 Child safety seats 156 attaching with tether straps 165 im front Seat iie eres 157 IM Tear Seal esce 157 LATCH oreren
248. ncial ministry of transportation your local St John Ambulance office at http www sfa ca or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca 155 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Follow all the safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle If the child is the proper height age and weight as specified by your child safety seat or booster manufacturer fits the restraint and can be restrained properly then restrain the child in the child safety seat or with the belt positioning booster Remember that child seats and belt positioning boosters vary and may be designed to fit children of different heights ages and weights Children who are too large for child safety seats or belt positioning boosters as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always properly wear safety belts SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Infant and or toddler seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Airbags can kil
249. nd heated mirrors the same button will activate both Refer to Exterior mirrors in the Driver Controls chapter Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside or the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty 55 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights HEADLAMP CONTROL XX Turns the lamps off p Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the low beam headlamps on Autolamp control if equipped The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control e To turn autolamps on rotate the control to w e To turn autolamps off rotate the control from the autolamp position The autolamp system also keeps the lights on for a predetermined amount of time after the ignition switch is turned to off You can change the amount of time the lamps stay on by using the programming procedure that follows Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the headlamps on with windshield wipers feature If the windshield wipers are turned on for a fixed period of time the exterior lamps will turn on with the headlamp control in the Autolamp position Autolamps Programmable exit delay Programmable exit delay allows
250. nder inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the S
251. ner e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Easy Fuel no cap fuel system Your fuel tank is equipped with an Easy Fuel no cap fuel filler system This allows you to simply open the fuel filler door and insert the fuel filler nozzle into the fuel system The Easy Fuel system is self sealing and protected against dust dirt water and snow ice When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the fuel filler door 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system Pump fuel as normal 4 After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow about five seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 302 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door If the check fuel fill inlet lamp or CHECK FUEL FILL INLET mess
252. ners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Failure to inspect and replace if necessary the belt and retractor assembly after an accident could increase the risk of injury in a collision All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have two types of locking modes described below Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers Automatic locking mode When to use the automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to use the automatic locking mode
253. ng 262 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Table of Contents Customer Assistance 264 Reporting safety defects U S only 270 Reporting safety defects Canada only 270 Cleaning 271 Maintenance and Specifications 279 Engine compartment 281 Engine oil 285 Battery 291 Engine coolant 293 Fuel information 299 Air filter s 321 Part numbers 324 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 325 Engine data 329 Accessories 333 Ford Extended Service Plan 335 Index 338 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2009 Ford Motor Company 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e n the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Australia www ford com au e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional
254. ng and Safety Restraints WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjusting the front power seat if equipped WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips f WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not hang objects off seat back or stow objects in the seatback map pocket if equipped when a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and t
255. ng the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 267 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada
256. ngine unless the clutch pedal is fully pressed To start the vehicle 1 Make sure the parking brake is fully set 2 Press the clutch pedal to the floor then put the gearshift lever in the neutral position R13 5 3 Start the engine 24 6 4 Press the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever to the desired gear 1 First or R Reverse 5 Release the parking brake then slowly release the clutch pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator During each shift the clutch pedal must be fully pressed to the floor Make sure the floor mat is properly positioned so it doesn t interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal Failure to fully press the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased shift efforts prematurely wear transmission components or damage the transmission Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on a hill These actions will severely reduce the life of the clutch and could nullify a clutch warranty claim 220 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Recommended shift speeds Do not downshift into 1 First when your vehicle is moving faster than 30 mph 48 km h This may damage the clutch and or transmission Upshift according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Shift from 15 mph 24 km h Reverse 1 Make sure
257. nq nmygq jueormqnT Aeidg 9uoot IS pny ayelg ap yeA 1030 A e LOC 9 ueurioj1oq WSIH e3je191030 A CI 90D syrenb TII CIO OD sj1enb 9 0T CIS 8 sj1enb e 6 JIOAJ9SOI uo XVIN pue NIW uooAjog oulsue TSE ju e ooo susug ourguo TOE ju e ooo susug ourguo T9 ju e ooo susug SJopur Ao 0 T ogurq 100p Joy ong pue spun yeas soje d I MJS sogurq 100p YPI pooy Arerxne yer 6 pooy uojer 100g sdinsiou eoA 100d ping peddmbe JI yoynypo pue oxedq JODOQUD a oureu Ied pIo Aerde uro prog 1Xoqumnu j1ed pJo q MEG DEO 2 Oo 3I SalLIioVdVO ANY SNOILVOIJ3IO3dS LONGOYd JONVNALNIVIN 325 Owners Guide 2nd Printing 2010 Fusion fsn USA fus Maintenance and Specifications A eNOOUWIN WO S LX JITEN UOL IdV UM V 0EGICW SSM epeue ZISAT O MG OX0e epeuer zIdS T 069 OXOe SM SAO OZMS OXe SM dSO 0 MS OXe 90 LEA6EI SSM JOA uorjeogr ods p10 Toqumu 34ed p4o q ALV A eNOOUMWIN amp 1J 191030 X que2riqn T yoo pue Surjerjouoq 1J8191030 X epeur TO IOJOW IOYWUAS YZ MG AVS J 494010 N e epeue TIO 10310 N umruo1q 1odng 0c MG AVS 9J 494010 X SN TO 1030 N oTOYWAS MA 0Z MS AVS e1J 494010 A St TIO 1030JX puo g onoumu s umud 06 48 AVS eJ 494010 N e sped yeg doi uro3s4g SUIOO0Q oYLeIDIOJON oureu Ied ploy JIOAIOSOI uo XVIN pue NIW woemjog 12 S sjrenb G G 12 S syrenb 0 9 1 0 sj1enb e g amp quo ourguo G E pm Su
258. ns which cause the AdvanceTrac system to operate If the 208 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving sliding car icon n illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately If equipped with a message center the vehicle will also indicate a failure with the AdvanceTrac system When AdvanceTrac performs a normal system self check some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake and or a rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off When an event occurs that activates AdvanceTrac you may experience the following e A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The sliding car jj indicator light will flash e f your foot is on the brake pedal a vibration in the pedal e If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition e The brake pedal may feel stiffer than usual Traction Control System TCS Traction control is a driver aid feature that helps your vehicle maintain traction of the wheels typically when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel spin is controlled in two ways which may work separately or in tandem engine traction control and brake traction control Engine traction co
259. nt passenger seat or between the seat and the center console if equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system 143 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints In case there is a problem with the e e front passenger sensing system the 9 airbag readiness light in the oN instrument cluster will stay lit If the airbag readiness light is lit do the following The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat Remove the obstruction s Gf found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness light remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify
260. ntly of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada To the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recording applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the feature See your SYNC supplement for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your
261. ntrol works to limit drive wheel spin by momentarily reducing engine power Brake traction control works to limit wheel spin by momentarily applying the brakes to the wheel that is slipping Traction Control is most active at low speeds During TCS events the sliding car icon n in the instrument cluster will flash If TCS is activated excessively in a short period of time the braking portion of the system may become temporarily disabled to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation TCS will use only engine power reduction or transfer to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will regain all features Anti lock braking and Electronic Stability Control ESC will continue to function during the cool down period The engine traction control and brake traction control systems may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac section below 209 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Electronic Stability Control ESC Electronic Stability Control ESC may enhance your vehicle s directional stability during adverse maneuvers for example when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway ESC operates by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and if necessary reducing engine power if the system detects that the vehicle is about to skid or slide laterally During ESC events the sliding car ico
262. ntry code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create up to three of your own 5 digit personal entry codes When pressing the controls on the keypad press the middle of the controls to ensure a good activation Programming a personal entry code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered within five seconds of each other 4 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that your personal keycode has been programmed to the module Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing personal code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered seven times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash 102 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing US
263. ntry system 97 illuminated entry 99 101 locking unlocking doors 97 98 342 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus opening the trunk 98 panic alarin wet sieges cee es enne 98 replacement additional Lrarismibtebs eenean 99 replacing the batteries 99 Reverse sensing system 222 Roadside assistance 239 S Safety belts see Safety restraints 122 126 129 Safety Canopy recreen 145 Safety defects reporting 270 Safety restraints 122 126 130 Belt Minder 131 extension assembly 130 for adults iet 127 129 for children sees 151 Occupant Classification SONSOF aT 124 warning light and chime eerte 130 131 Safety restraints LATCH At CHOES seo tereti ete e yrs 162 Safety seats for children 156 Safety Compliance Certification Label 330 Satellite Radio Gf equipped 29 Satellite Radio Information 42 Seals r eii to eee 109 child safety seats 156 front seats seeiis 112 heated eese mter 116 SecuriCode keyless entry SVSUCM sis cesivescoscss eese t Re 102 SecuriLock passive anti theft SVSUCM Soie rose 103 Servicing your vehicle 279 Side air curtain 147 SOS Post Crash Alert 151 Spark plugs specifications
264. nverter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system 310 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the service engine soon C indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired
265. o from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Troubleshooting 1 Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output Line level outputs are intended for connection to a home stereo and are not compatible with the AIJ The AIJ will only work correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control 2 Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio in your audio system as this will cause distortion and will reduce sound quality Many portable music players have different output levels so not all players should be set at the same levels Some players will sound best at full volume and others will need to be set at a lower volume 3 If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player 4 The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 5 For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music pla
266. o not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Note Inspect the wheel pilot hole prior to installation If there is visible corrosion in wheel pilot hole remove loose particles by wiping with clean rag and apply grease Apply grease only to the wheel pilot hole surface by smearing a dime 1 square cm sized glob of grease around the wheel pilot surface 1 with end of finger DO NOT apply grease to lugnut stud holes or wheel to brake surfaces RUNNING OUT OF FUEL If you have run out of fuel and need to refill the vehicle with a portable fuel container see Running out of fuel in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for proper fuel filling method using a portable fuel container and the included fuel filler funnel Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or any type of aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel no cap fuel system as it can be damaged You must use the included funnel in such circumstances WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank all of which could result in serious personal injury
267. o the H hot area e The C symbol will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage 298 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When fail safe mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is runn
268. od at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before checking 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 80 km or until the coolant gauge indicates normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage approximately 10 15 seconds in each position 4 Move the gearshift lever to P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube the fluid level The fluid should read within the hot range on the dipstick if at normal operating temperature 140 F 158 F 60 C 70 C 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect i 4 Checking automatic transmission fluid at cool temperature 59 F 77 F 15 C 25 C If a fluid check is necessary at a low 20 65 C fluid temperature 59 F 77 F 15 C 25 C perform the check 4 using the cold range on the dipstick However the fluid must be re checked at the proper fluid temperature 315 2010 Fusion fsn
269. ohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the FULL COLD level For all other vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator of a vehicle with an overflow system follow these steps to add engine coolant WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the cooling system by following these steps 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir a translucent plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 295
270. ol fuel providers WARNING Flexible fuel components and standard unleaded gasoline fuel components are not interchangeable If your vehicle is not serviced in accordance with flexible fuel vehicles procedures damage may occur and your warranty may be invalidated WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container 301 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Refueling WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others e Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel e Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel contai
271. om this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire RAR Fy56180016 105m OY Ly 1S4 09 OL Oey 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a trailer section 185 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
272. om side to side WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion Automatic dimming interior rear view mirror if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an interior rear view mirror that has an auto dimming function The electronic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the interior rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Note If equipped with a rear view camera system a video image will be displayed in the mirror or the navigation system display if equipped when the vehicle is put in R reverse Refer to Rearview camera system in the Driving chapter 82 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors i WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion To adjust your mirrors 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate the
273. ometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seatback upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 ft 9 in 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 86 kg Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position 153 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH LATCH y lower lower Restraint Child anchors anchors Type Weight and Rear Up to facing 48 Ib X X child seat Z1 kg Forward Up to facing 48 lb x x x child seat 21 kg Forward Over facing 48 Ib X X child seat Z1 kg WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a ch
274. ometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 8 U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 182 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printin
275. on Press and release SET to increase the vehicle set speed in 1 mph 1 6 km h increments e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed then press and release SET 4 Reducing speed while using speed control To reduce the set speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also use SET to operate the tap down function Press and release SET to decrease the vehicle set speed in 1 mph 1 6 km h increments e Press the brake pedal or the clutch pedal if equipped until the desired vehicle speed is reached then press SET Turning off speed control To turn off the speed control press OFF or turn off the ignition Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased 85 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED Radio control features VOL Volume Press to increase the volume VOL Volume Press to decrease the volume Id d P Seek Press to select the previous next radio station preset CD track or satellite radio channel if equipped depending on which media mode you are in MEDIA Press repeatedly to select e AM FMI FM2 or CD e SATI SAT2 or SAT3 Satellite radio mode if equipped e LINE IN Auxiliary input jack if equipped Navigation system hands free control features if equipped Press and hold m control
276. ons 325 manual operation 220 TUNK capense RE ERE EIS 95 remote release 89 98 Turn Signal desietan 60 U IU SDB DOEPb e eoe ter dteieqie 38 V Vehicle Identification Number CVIIND is esecces cen ve co pone estas axe og 331 Vehicle loading 192 Ventilating your vehicle 203 W Warning lights see Lights 12 Washer fluid ssss 284 Water Driving through 238 Windows DOWEE teen cei essere 80 343 Windshield washer fluid and WIAD ONS 2 cedant ao eTR checking and adding fluid 344 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus PE replacing wiper blades Wrecker towing
277. ons e Heavily loading a vehicle may reduce fuel economy at any speed e Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately 1 mpg 0 4 knvL is lost for every 400 Ib 180 kg of weight carried e Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski luggage racks may reduce fuel economy Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy e Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal e Close windows for high speed driving EPA fuel economy estimates Every new vehicle should have a sticker on the window called the Monroney Label which contains EPA fuel economy estimates Contact your authorized dealer if the Monroney Label is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA fuel economy estimates should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic co
278. open AUTO e Pull up to the first detent and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise This noise can be alleviated by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 cm One touch up or down driver s window only This feature allows the driver s window to open or close fully without holding the control down To operate one touch down e Press the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal close or one touch up position during a one touch down event the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the window will perform a normal close or one touch up 80 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls To operate one touch up e Pull the switch completely up to the second detent and release quickly The window will close fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal open or one touch down position during a one touch up event the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the window will perform a normal open or one touch down Bounce back Whe
279. orm the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 270 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong di
280. ormal operating temperature before driving at highway speeds above 50 mph 80 km h Normal operating temperature is normally reached after 10 minutes of moderate driving or idling WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire 200 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine See Guarding against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important safety precautions When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all vehicle occupants buckle their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off If startin
281. ou get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle 249 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensors refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the TPMS sensor for damage WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and should not be used WARNING Refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar spare tire wheel information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary
282. ou or others When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the included funnel 306 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 1 Locate the white plastic funnel It is attached to the underside of the spare tire cover or is included with the tire changing tools 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the Easy Fuel system 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the Easy Fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 3 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill cap
283. ounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off lock or accessory position and the driver s door is opened Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking brake on warning chime Sounds when the parking brake is engaged and the vehicle is driven If the warning remains after the parking brake is disengaged contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Message center activation chime Sounds when some messages appear in the message center display for the first time Turn signal on warning chime Sounds when the turn signal has been left on for an extended period of time Perimeter alarm warning chime Sounds when using a key to unlock the driver s doors and the perimeter alarm is armed 16 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster GAUGES Standard measure cluster shown metric similar Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot
284. our vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Vertical aim adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 4 On the wall or screen you will observe an area of high intensity light The top of the high intensity area should touch the horizontal reference line if not the beam will need to be adjusted using the next step 59 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on lt each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 R s screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise to adjust down or o counterclockwise to adjust up The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal lr reference line
285. oving at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h The system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this section Reverse sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the RSS WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the RSS system may create false beeps 222 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus The RSS detects obstacles up to six feet two meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the figures for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate
286. owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle WARNING Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g collision when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION A Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperative that you consult the relevant section of this guide before Li touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and
287. proved for your engine and could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty Many of the world s automakers approved the World Wide Fuel Charter that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle Gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter should be used when available Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter FFV engine if equipped Flex fuel vehicles have a yellow bezel around the fuel fill inlet It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and E85 If you do switch fuels it is recommended that you add as much fuel as possible at least half a tank Do not add less than five gallons 18 9L when refueling You should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling for at least 5 miles 8 km to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration If you operate your vehicle 5096 or more of the time on ethanol you should follow a different maintenance schedule In addition to this it is also recommended to fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline once every 3 000 miles 4 800 km See scheduled maintenance information for more information Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality per the recommendations in the Choosing the r
288. r may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 238 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner Guide portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 mont
289. r tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 189 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Flashing Warning Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in Light use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light still flashes contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn OFF after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28
290. rash head restraints must be installed properly Using the manual lumbar support if equipped The lumbar control is located on the side of the seat cushion Turn to adjust lumbar support Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Lift handle to move seat forward or backward 112 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Pump the handle upwards to raise the cushion and pump downward to lower the cushion to the desired location Pull lever up to adjust seatback Folding down the front passenger seatback if equipped The front passenger seatback can be folded to a horizontal position to make room for a long load To fold the seatback 1 Move the seat as far back as possible 2 Push the head restraint release button and move the head restraint fully down 3 Pull up on the recliner handle located on the outboard side of the seat 4 Without releasing the handle push the back of the seat forward until flat b Move the seat as far forward as possible WARNING Cover sharp edges on the load to help prevent injury to occupants Secure the load to help prevent shifting during sudden stops 113 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seati
291. rect sunlight e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e t is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle e mmediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from your authorized dealer e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Exterior chrome e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface e After polishing chrome bumpers apply a coating of Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53
292. res designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 177 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi
293. result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Driving on slippery surfaces with AWD vehicles AWD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway When driving at slow speeds off highway under high outside temperatures use a low gear or L when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine 232 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Basic operating principles e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement e f your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e t may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e t oft
294. road Fuel isset treten calculating fuel ECONOMY rerio ene aR 20 307 aci Me A T CAPACITY sorserien roi choosing the right fuel comparisons with EPA fuel economy estimates 340 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus detergent in fuel 305 filler Mintel ies 306 filling your vehicle with TUE erare 299 302 307 filter specifications 299 324 fuel pump shut off 242 fuel pump shut off switch 241 improving fuel economy 307 octane rating 304 329 CUA n tede ete td sce 305 running out of fuel 256 306 safety information relating to automotive fuels 299 Fuel flex fuel vehicle FEV 2 aser iieeeke 299 304 Fuel pump shut off switch 241 FUSOS steer teris 242 243 G Gas cap see Fuel cap 302 Gas mileage see Fuel economy 307 GAUGES Losses deis 17 H Hazard flashers 241 Headlamps ssss 56 AMINE erorar E T 59 autolamp system s 56 bulb specifications 62 daytime running lights 57 flash to pass ssssss 58 Ingh bear ined 58 replacing bulbs 63 turning on and off 56 Heating heating and air conditioning SVSLOTI aie eqeee teet rene Ree den
295. rom sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 5 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart 181 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Letter rating Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers s
296. roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves To open the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express opening closing and venting feature Press and release the rear portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch operation press the control a second time 8 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls WARNING When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening To close the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express closing feature Press and release the front portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch closing press the control again Bounce back When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the moon roof is closing the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a prescribed position This is known as bounce back If the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active during bounce back the moon roof will move until the bounce back position is reached Bounce back override To override bounce back press and hold the front portion of the control For example Bounce back can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the moon roof or seals If during a bounce back condition
297. rrors the same button will activate both 3 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C G7 defrost and VP floor defrost 4 Passenger temperature Press to activate separate passenger temperature control to increase decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle 51 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls b aj Passenger heated seat if equipped Press to control the passenger heated seat Refer to Heated seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 6 9 Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except Q defrost Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either 74 panel or JP floor panel Recirculation may turn off automatically in some airflow modes to reduce fog poten
298. rt and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable 251 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the gearshift lever in P Park automatic transmission or R Reverse manual transmission and tur
299. rtain airbag system later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power the airbag ignitors and safety belt pretensioners Front passenger sensing system The front passenger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 208 and is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or disabled will not inflate The front passenger sensing system will disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag if e the front passenger seat is unoccupied or has small medium objects in the front seat e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat that is installed according to the manufact
300. s Roadside Emergencies e foo m gt 1S e See gp 8 Fi af 5 A al 5 N g co fol e foo lel Joo e joy JA fa mS S 1 ca 13 16 m m m w lw mi e 5 Ie o o 5 27 28 B B 2 The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Eo aa 1 304 Driver smart window motor 15A Brake on off switch Center Co ee 5 10A Keypad illumination Brake shift O O A RR o 6 20A Turn signal lamps Stop lamps 8 10A Low beam headlamps right P 15A Coutesylamps 244 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating AWD module SYNC module 14 10A Electronic finish panel EFP radio and climate control buttons module Navigation display Center information display GPS module Heated seats 22 15A Front sidemarker lamps Park BRENNEN uM Ignition switch 35 10A Rear park assist Blind spot monitor system Heated seats AWD Rear video camera 245 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating transceiver 41 15A Automatic dimming mirror Moon OU ee eee ae 42 10A Electronic stability control A O Fite power ast sed 44 10A Fuel diode Powertrain control E a NN 45 5A Heated backlight and blower relay a a C 46 7 5A Occupant clas
301. s Release the buttons 3 Slowly drive the vehicle in a lt gt circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CAL display changes to the 6 39 direction value N S E W etc It may take up to five circles to e x complete calibration nih 4 The compass is now calibrated CENTER CONSOLE Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety of console features These include 1 Cupholders with ambient lighting if equipped 2 Secondary storage bin on hinges inside utility compartment 3 Utility compartment with power point AIJ Audio Input Jack USB port if equipped and coin holder inside WARNING Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in a collision 78 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE COMPARTMENT The storage compartment may be used to secure sunglasses or similar sized objects Press the button to open the storage compartment 4 e AUXILIARY POWER POINT 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Auxiliary power points can be found in the following locations e On the instr
302. s different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall 180 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters f
303. s excess fluid should be removed by an authorized dealer An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components 316 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Checking automatic transmission fluid 6F35 if equipped Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before checking 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 30 km or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal
304. s 48 51 manual heating and air conditioning system 46 HOO M EE 280 I Ignition eed 200 329 Illuminated visor mirror 75 Infant seats see Safety seats 156 Inspection maintenance I M TESTINE srpa ette tariis 312 Instrument panel 79 Cleaning kepireng den eps 275 CIUSUOE iode ecce oreet 12 lighting up panel and IBLOTIOE etit tenete ted 58 J Jack iade woe edt 249 POSITIONING sragen 249 SLOTABO a cede iet ar ed EN 249 Jump starting your vehicle 257 K Keyless entry system autoloek sciet ento 91 keypad 25 dire veteran 102 locking and unlocking doors 103 programming entry code 102 KEYS ies et 90 105 positions of the ignition 200 L Lamps autolamp system 56 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus bulb replacement specifications chart 62 daytime running light 57 fog lamps tera petes 57 headlamps sorsra 56 headlamps flash to pass 58 instrument panel dimming 58 interior lamps 60 63 replacing bulbs 63 LATCH anchors 162 Lights warning and indicator 12 anti lock brakes ABS 206 Load limits ssssssss 192 Locks autolock sssssse 91 childproof nee 95 o 010 s RR 91 Lubricant specifications
305. sage center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for several seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the RESET control and clearing the warning message Warning messages that have been reset are divided into three categories e They will not disappear until a condition is changed e They will reappear on the display 10 minutes from the reset e They will not reappear until an ignition off on cycle has been completed This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle Warnings that return after 10 minutes PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the park brake is engaged If the warning stays on after the park brake is off contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 25 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Warnings that return after the ignition key is turned from off to on DRIVER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the driver s door is not completely closed PASSENGER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the passenger side door is not completely closed REAR LEFT DOOR AJAR Displaye
306. sification sensor OCS module Passenger airbag 47 30A Circuit Power windows EE GN a 38 Demyedaccesonreay Power distribution box The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs 246 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 1 2 3 DB DnDE DOBE 4 43 44 The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating Co qw E aia power assist steering Lon m IE power assist steering 40A TEENS control module PCM relay 57 power 4 Ntued 35 3 Starter motor relay 55 power NECEM M Rear defrost relay 53 power 7 Noted 40A Anti lock brake system ABS pump 3 GA Wip
307. ss and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds Courtesy wipe feature One extra wipe will occur a few seconds after washing the front window to clear any excess washer fluid remaining on the windshield Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Windshield wiper rainlamp feature if equipped with Autolamp When the windshield wipers are turned on during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off 74 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls TILT TELESCOPE STEERING WHEEL To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down to unlock the steering column 2 While the lever is in the down position move the steering wheel up or down and in or out until you find the desired position 3 While holding the steering wheel in place pull the lever up to its original position to lock the steering column WARNI
308. stream of water e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer 272 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo CXC 66 A e Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wir
309. system checked by your authorized dealer BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless the brake pedal is pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park 1 Apply the parking brake turn the ignition key to the off position and remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool carefully pry off and remove the chrome trim ring 1 from the shifter base 3 Open the storage compartment lid and carefully pry the trim panel 2 up from rear attachments on the storage compartment and disconnect it from the console to expose the inside of the gearshift 213 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving 4 Locate the brake shift interlock lever on the driver s side of the shifter assembly 5 Apply the brake pedal Using a screwdriver or similar tool press and hold the brake shift interlock lever while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and in
310. t Moving the child closer a few centimeters or inches to the center of the vehicle but remaining in the same seating position may help provide a good shoulder belt fit When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they reach a height of at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall around age eight to age twelve and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg or upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 36 kg Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 167 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are generally two types of belt positioning booster seats backless and high back Alw
311. t and or right quarter panel fascias such as mud or snow can cause degraded performance of the BLISS Also heavy rain can cause the same effect The BLIS can detect this degraded performance and issue a blocked warning to the driver via the message center If condition is determined by the system the message center displays BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE or CROSS TRAFFIC NOT AVAILABLE warning and the appropriate left and or right exterior mirror alert indicator will illuminate The message center warning may be cleared by the driver but the exterior mirror alert indicator will remain illuminated 230 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist Once blockage is removed the system will require some driving time and detection of at least two vehicle object prior to realizing it is unblocked or the driver can cycle the ignition key If blocked and the ignition key is cycled the system resets to unblocked If however blockage is still present after the key cycle the system will sense again that it is blocked after driving in traffic The following table lists possi
312. t will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked repeat Steps 5 and 6 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean towards the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter 161 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 cm of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety T
313. t xeo e sso un poSueuo 10 poxoauo 9q 0 JOU JIB s oA9 queoriqn eqni 2rou1u S YIM ofl IOJ peyeoriqnr sr yun 19 suer Jamod og osuel Surjerodo ewou sxornsdrip y uo uoreorpur ayy Aq j9s aq prnous o49 pm pue pm uorssrursuer Jo junoure aur 49 002 uej ur ue uj peddmbo Jt pue ozIS Jo 002 uo poseq Area Lew suorjeordde eurog Ajroedeo qtg amp rp ejeurxodde Aquo soyeorpuy oogjuns OAV uo 9 orquoA VY ur e ou T M oy Jo uro330q ay JO urugTp YPU g g UYIM uorssrusuer ayy SUMY Aq peururrejep st Ajroedeo Yor VoIAIEG YILU UOLO Tdv 9u pue Y O 6OZIN SSM uoneogroeds pJo p Jo sjueurombod ay Joour ATUO p u ro oUTsUy amp rojyeputur jou ST IO 1030ur puo q oreuju s 10 orjeuus JO es eponjaA MoA ut peddmbo qjeur8tuio d 1ue ooo y PPV Tr 29 uorjeogr ods Owners Guide 2nd Printing 2010 Fusion fsn USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA Engine 2 5L I4 engine 3 0L V6 engine 3 5L V6 engine Coil on plug Coil on plug Coil on plug Spark plus gap 0 049 0 053 inch 0 045 0 049 inch 0 052 0 056 inch park plug 88P amp 95 1 35 mm 1 15 1 25 mm 1 32 1 42 mm ratio Engine drivebelt routing e 2 5L I4 Engine e 3 0L V6 Engine 329 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 3 5L V6 Engine 1 Short drivebelt is on first pulley groove closest to engine 2 Long drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engin
314. tantial jolt After an accident if the engine cranks but does not start this switch may have been activated located in the front passenger footwell area in the right upper corner E The fuel pump shut off switch is To reset the switch 1 Turn the ignition to the off position 2 Check the fuel system for leaks 3 If no leaks are apparent reset the switch by pushing in on the reset button 4 Turn the ignition to the on position 5 Wait a few seconds and return the key to off position 6 Make another check for leaks 241 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuel Pump Shut off 2 5L and 3 0L engines In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off Should your vehicle shut off after a collision due to this feature you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition switch to the off position 2 Turn the ignition switch to the on position In some instances the vehicle may not restart the first time you try to restart and may take one additional attempt WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any coll
315. tch in the dipstick flange is aligned with the V on the engine when it is reinserted Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instructions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal operating range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil level dipstick 4 Install the dipstick and ensure it is fully seated 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until it stops 289 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and or the engine oil filler cap removed Engine oil and filter recommendations Look for this certification trademark Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine and engine s warranty
316. te between the side window area and occupant to further enhance the protection provided to occupants in side impact collisions The seat mounted side airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The side air curtain system SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates air curtain and seat mounted side airbag inflation The fact that the side air curtain and seat mounted side airbag did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The side air curtain system is designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side air curtain has deployed the air curtain will not function again The side air curtain system including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the air curtain is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision 150 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA
317. te for three seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible For more information on this system refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Speed control The speed control system uses two different colored indicator lights to indicate what mode the system is in e On amber light Illuminates when the speed control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is engaged or turned off e Engaged green light Illuminates when the speed control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Door ajar Illuminates when the ignition is in the on position and any g door or decklid is open Anti theft system Flashes when the SecuriLock passive anti theft t system has been activated 15 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Throttle Control Transmission Illuminates when a powertrain or a AWD fault has been detected If the indicator stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer for service as soon as possible Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the a E hazard lights are turned on If the indicators flash faster check for a burned out bulb High beams Illuminates when the D high beam headlamps are turned on Key in ignition warning chime S
318. ter vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents To return to full automatic control press AUTO 49 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls 9 PASS TEMP passenger temperature Press to engage disengage separate passenger side temperature control Turn to increase decrease the temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle The recommended initial setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C then adjust for comfort The passenger side temperature setting will appear in the upper right corner of the display 10 a Passenger heated seat control if equipped Press to activate deactivate the passenger heated seat See Heated seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 11 Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except Q defrost Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either 74 panel or a panel floor Recirculation may turn of
319. thanol should be treated the same as Fuel Ethanol Flex fuel vehicles have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet 300 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Pure ethanol is the alcohol which is the intoxicating agent in liquor beer and wine It is distilled from the fermentation of plants such as field corn and sugar cane When ethanol is produced for use in motor fuels a small amount of gasoline is added to make it unfit for beverage use The resulting ethanol blend is called denatured fuel ethanol meaning that it is denatured with 296 to 596 gasoline and is suitable for automotive use During the summer season fuel ethanol may contain a maximum of 8596 denatured ethanol Ed85 and 1596 unleaded gasoline The fuel ethanol has a higher octane rating than unleaded regular or premium gasoline and this allows the design of engines with greater efficiency and power Winter blends may contain up to 75 denatured ethanol Ed75 and up to 2596 unleaded gasoline to enhance cold engine starts Severely cold weather may require additional measures for reliable starting Ethanol is more chemically active than gasoline It corrodes some metals and causes some plastic and rubber components to swell break down or become brittle and crack especially when mixed with gasoline Special materials and procedures have been developed for flexible fuel vehicles and the dispensers used by ethan
320. that your vehicle is at a complete stop before you shift into R Reverse Failure to do so may damage the transmission 2 Move the gearshift lever into the neutral position and wait at least three seconds before shifting into R Reverse Note The gearshift lever can only be moved to R Reverse by pushing the knob down before shifting to reverse This is a lockout feature which protects the transmission from accidentally engaging R Reverse when intending to select 1 First 3 Shift into R Reverse by pushing the gearshift knob down then moving the lever fully to the left then forward If R Reverse is not fully engaged press the clutch pedal down and return the gearshift to the neutral position Release the clutch pedal for a moment then press it down and shift to R Reverse again Parking your vehicle 1 Apply the brake and shift into the neutral position 2 Fully apply the parking brake then shift into 1 First 3 Turn the ignition off WARNING Do not park your vehicle in Neutral it may move unexpectedly and injure someone Use 1 First gear and set the parking brake fully 221 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Removing the key Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Reverse Sensing System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is m
321. the length of the autolamp exit delay to be changed To program the auto lamp exit time delay 1 Start with the ignition in the off position and the headlamp control in the autolamp position 2 Turn the headlamp control to off 3 Turn the ignition switch to on and then back to off 56 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 4 Turn the headlamp control to the autolamp position The headlamps will turn on 5 Wait the desired amount of time for the exit delay you want up to three minutes then turn the headlamps off See Message center in the Instrument Cluster section for more information Fog lamp control if equipped 0 With the ignition on the fog lamps can be turned on when the headlamp control is pulled toward you and is in any of the following positions e Parking lamps P e Low beams O e Autolamps when active wW The fog lamp indicator light will illuminate when the fog lamps have been turned on The fog lamps will not operate when the high beams are active Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped Turns the headlamps on with a reduced output To activate e the ignition must be in the on position e the headlamp control is in the off autolamps or parking lamp position and e the transmission must be out of the P Park position WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system do
322. the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release button 3 e and a guide sleeve with a pin hole for removing the head restraint 4 117 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 2 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the guide sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 118 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the hea
323. the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use a low gear or L when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine 234 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the v
324. tial 7 88 Fan speed control Press to decrease increase the fan speed Manual fan speed will appear in the touch screen 8 AUTO Press to engage full automatic operation The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 9 Driver temperature Press to increase decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged 10 il Driver heated seat if equipped Press to control the driver heated seat Refer to Heated seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 11 o Power Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle The climate status in the touchscreen will also be turned off 12 G7 Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection To return to full automatic mode press AUTO 52 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Climate Controls TOUCHSCREEN FUNCTIONS Driver O EG Passenger 90 F wes B gor CA C x3 C
325. to disable the system BLIND SPOT 2 Press RESET to turn blind spot lt ON gt OFF off or on Cross traffic alert system if equipped This feature is designed to assist the driver by monitoring the areas toward the rear of the vehicle 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu to disable enable the CROSS TRAFFIC eine lt ON gt OFF 2 Press RESET to cross traffic off or on Rear park aid Reverse sensing system if equipped This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected 24 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu to disable the reverse RERR PRRA RID sensing system feature lt ON gt OFF 2 Press RESET to turn the rear park assist off When R Reverse gear is selected PARK AID OFF will be displayed Language 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu for the current LANGUAGE language to be displayed ENGLISH 1 2 Waiting four seconds or pressing RESET cycles the message center through each of the language choices Selectable languages are English Spanish or French 3 Press and hold RESET for two seconds to set the language choice System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the mes
326. to the N Neutral position 6 Install the trim panel 2 and chrome ring 1 in reverse order 7 Apply brake pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic transmission equipped with a 2 5L I4 engine if equipped Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal 214 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your veh
327. to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information not Artist information not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly NO TEXT Song title information Song title information not available not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 44 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required NO TEXT Category information Category information not not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from You are in a location that the SIRIUS satellite is blocking the SIRIUS or SIRIUS tower to signal i e tunnel under the vehicle antenna an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return UPDATING Update of channel No action required The programming in process may take up to progress three minutes CALL SIRIUS Satellite service has Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 been deactivated by 1 888 539 7474 to SIRIUS satellite re activate or resolve radio subscription issues NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a navigation system Refer to the Navigation System supplement for further information SYNC IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with SYNC a hands free communications and ent
328. to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is located under the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood and support it with the prop rod 280 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 5L 14 engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Engine oil dipstick 4 Brake Clutch fluid reservoir 5 6 7 8 9 Transmission fluid dipstick automatic transmission only Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Coolant bleed valve 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 281 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 3 0L V6 engine Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Transmission fluid dipstick automatic transmission only Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Coolant bleed valve Engine oil dipstick CONAN wd t b Engine oil filler cap 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 282 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 3 5L V6 engine O O 1 Power steering fluid reservoir 2 Transmission fluid dipstick 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Battery 5 6 T 8 9 Power distribution box Air filter assembly Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap
329. transmission vehicles have your transmission fluid level checked by an authorized dealer For the correct transmission fluid level when flat towing all four wheels on the ground refer to Transmission fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 198 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral Place the ignition to the accessory position refer to Starting in the Driving chapter Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h for automatic transmission vehicles and 70 mph 113 km h for manual transmission vehicles For automatic transmission vehicles start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter With the engine running and your foot on the brake shift into D Drive and then into R Reverse before shifting back into N Neutral Front Wheel Drive FWD 3 5L vehicles Do not tow the vehicle with the front drive wheels on the ground or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with the front drive wheels on a dolly or with all four 4 wheels off the ground on a car hauling trailer In case of roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle please refer to the Wrecker towing section in the Roadside Emergencies chapter All Wheel Drive AWD 3 5L vehicles Do not tow your vehicle with any
330. tribution the same every time Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added in gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by total kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy 308 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy Habits Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 1096 savings in fuel Steady speeds wit
331. trim panel at the lamp area 3 Carefully pull push the trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side trim panel outboard to expose the lamp assembly The most effective point to grasp the trunk side panel when pulling it out from the luggage scuff plate is at it s bottom edge where that edge meets the exposed sheet metal of the trunk floor Note Do not allow the trunk side panel to remain bent and untucked from the luggage scuff plate hard molding for a long period of time Doing so may result in permanent deformation 71 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights 4 Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out 5 Pull the bulb from the socket and push in the new bulb 6 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly by rotating it clockwise 7 Carefully push the trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side trim panel back to the shingle position to the luggage scuff plate hard molding 8 Install trunk floor carpeting panel Replacing high mount brake lamp bulb Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required see your authorized dealer Replacing license plate lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Remove the screws from the license plate lamp assembly 9j B 3 Remove bulb socket by turnin
332. tro9 s J9M0q SIopui A5 yoo oursus TGE Io ourSu q eurguo 0 E lo ourSu q eur8uo T97 Io susug S 9 T9d yeo dojs urojs s Sul 007 326 Owners Guide 2nd Printing 2010 Fusion fsn USA fus Maintenance and Specifications cV 9IHS A HSA V GE OZ V G6TOGN ISM TO OVIMSGLAX V L6TOCN dSM TO 06MO08 AX AT eNOOSUMWIN NTO OTALX V Y660cl SS MVO 85LX PTO pu TV S0G0GIN 190 T LX uorjeogr ods pao 1oquinu 31ed pIo SSM 1699 suos q 4T CIS T pmj JO9USeAA pI9RISDUIA ummuoid gje11010 syrenb G p TOYSeM p 9rgSputA jueoLiqnr T 9 xy geo oneun g OFT MSL AVS e1J 194010 X queoriqnrT V Teoy umud 06 408 CIST D squtd pz Ns AVS e3J 191010 X AMA JuL nA 9 eJ uo2uo CIS8 0 AMV PME CaLa soouno ZI MUN I JSULIJ I9MOq S49 ALV AT SNOOSIIN 0198 p d s 9 amp J amp I9 1030 A sjrenb r6 pm uorssrursuezrj oneuioqny 164 Utsty C102 poedg 9 sjrenb p ping uorssrursuer oneuioqny PMY uoImSsmusuei omeuroqny Umud g3J J91030 X TO 199 v TO IdV C187 pm 06 487 AVS sjrenb ye UOISSTUISUBT TENUL amp 1J 191030 X 327 Owners Guide 2nd Printing 2010 Fusion fsn USA fus Maintenance and Specifications jum Jajsuer Iamod y Jo Surg 10 Suppoeuo TOA PMY 107 Jo eop pezuoujne Mok oog IoyeM Ul pog1ouiqns s yun y eumAue queoriqng oneuu s poerrooeds ur 3ueorqng jrun Jejsuerl Jomod soevjdey poumboa aredoa 10 payoodsns s
333. trument cluster will not be illuminated e The transmission will operate in gears one through six O D overdrive mode is automatically returned each time the ignition is off Understanding your SelectShift Automatic transmission SST gearshift lever This vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift Automatic transmission SST gearshift lever SST is an automatic transmission with the ability for the driver to change gears up or down without a clutch as desired By moving the gearshift lever from drive position D to the right into Manual M you now have control of selecting the gear you desire Initially when moving the lever to the manual mode M the message SST center display on the instrument Tj cluster will show D and the SST 4 light will illuminate This mode is Overdrive Cancel and Grade Assist Only by moving the lever in the forward or backward position will the transmission utilize the manual mode for select shifting 218 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus To manually downshift the transmission 1 Move the gearshift lever forward to C 2 Release the lever and it will return to the M position The transmission will downshift To manually upshift the transmission 1 Move the gearshift lever rearward into 2 Release the lever and it will return to the M position The transmission will upshift When selecting the appropriate gear in SST mode t
334. ts equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 e If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 e f a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials 276 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Cleaning WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth If the
335. ue specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification 8 Unblock the wheels Stowing the wheel and jack 1 Fully collapse the jack and place it back in the storage area in the trunk 2 Replace the jack retention bolt to secure the jack 3 Place the tire in the storage bin in the trunk 4 Replace the cover plate and bolt e When storing a flat road tire flip the cover plate over and use the long bolt e When storing the temporary spare tire replace the cover plate and use the short bolt 5 Secure the bolt using the lug wrench 6 Insert the lug wrench and bolt in the tool bag and place over the jack 7 Replace the carpeted load floor panel WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 500 miles 800 km after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal etc Bolt size Wheel lug nut torque M12 x 1 5 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners 255 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they d
336. uide sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 110 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button and the unlock remove button then pull up on the head restraint To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position 111 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a c
337. uipped M UNE Puddle lamp Gf equipped WSW Luggage compartment lamp 578 To replace these lamps see your authorized dealer All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer 62 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Replacing interior bulbs Check the operation of all bulbs frequently Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently Replacing headlamp bulbs 2 5L 3 0L engines High beam low beam bulb replacement For driver side replacement of this bulb do the following WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover See Changing the air filter element in the Maintenance amp Specifications section for more information 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Locate the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube This connector will need to be unplugged 4 Remove the air filter assembly 5 Remove the rubber headlamp bulb access cover High beam 63 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Lights Low beam 6 Disconnect the electrical connector To install reverse the removal procedure
338. ular unleaded gasoline or any mixture of the two fuels Use of other fuels such as Fuel Methanol may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and your warranty may be invalidated It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and E85 If you do switch fuels it is recommended that you add as much fuel as possible at least half a tank Do not add less than five gallons 18 9L when refueling You should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling for at least 5 miles 8 km to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration 304 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If you operate your vehicle 5096 or more of the time on ethanol you should follow a different maintenance schedule In addition to this if you exclusively use E85 fuel it is also recommended to fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline once every 3 000 miles 4 800 km See scheduled maintenance information for more information Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems try a different brand of unleaded gasoline If the problems persist see your authorized dealer Do not add aftermarket fuel additive products to your fuel tank It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating These products have not been ap
339. ument panel e n the center console utility compartment Do not use the power point for operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use the power point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 VDC 180W If the power point is not working a fuse may have blown Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter for information on checking and replacing fuses To have full capacity usage of your power point the engine is required to be running to avoid unintentional discharge of the battery To prevent the battery from being discharged e do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e do not leave battery chargers video game adapters computers and other devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used 79 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driver Controls POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows e Press down to the first detent MS and hold the switch to
340. umes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 266 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined on the first page of the Customer Assistance section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB wil
341. ur own MP3 discs it is important to understand 0 how the system will read the structures you create While various 1 J1 mp3 files may be present files with Jd mp3 2 extensions other than mp3 only i files with the mp3 extension will be played Other files will be ignored T mp3 3 by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety Jimp3 4 of tasks on your work computer J2 mp3 home computer and your in vehicle system Frm L mp3 e L Y E doc EI ppt z xls In track mode the system will display and play the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files will be played regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system will only play the mp3 files in the current folder Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels SIRIUS9 broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a sate
342. ur vehicle is equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs The key blade functions as a programmed key which starts the vehicle and unlocks locks all the doors The transmitter portion functions as the remote entry transmitter ha A SO O O am Your IKTs are programmed to your vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to start If you lose your authorized dealer supplied IKTs replacement IKTs are available through your authorized dealer Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency For more information regarding programming replacement IKTs refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section later in this chapter Note Your vehicle s IKTs were issued with a security label that provides important vehicle key cut information It is recommended that you keep the label in a safe place for future reference SINT Ed INANON ENONSE iOSIAV el 720000809058 1 e 000000 01004 YY L09AS LHL X8 CAUTION TOBE REMOVED BY CUSTOMER ONLY 90 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Locks and Security POWER DOOR LOCKS e Press the la control to unlock all doors a e Press the control to lock all doors A Co Smart locks This feature attempts to help prevent you from locking yours
343. ure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 257 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 258 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor fuel injection system Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts 259 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2n
344. urer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries 140 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator ramp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel above the radio Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional When the front passenger seat is not occupied empty seat or in the event that the front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate
345. use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY 250 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfo
346. ved from a seating position to accommodate a high back child restraint the head restraint must be re installed prior to use of the seat by any other occupant in order to reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 158 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to help prevent accidental unbuckling e Place vehicle seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to step 5 below This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATC
347. vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC supplement for more information CELL PHONE USE The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Introduction EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different fro
348. verity sensor Restraints Control Module RCM with impact and safing sensors Restraint system warning light and back up tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights 122 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System M can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration The pretensioners ar
349. washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 275 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing
350. wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise no recreational towing is permitted In case of roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle please refer to the Wrecker towing section in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 199 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition 1 Off locks the gearshift lever and allows key removal This position also shuts the engine and all electrical accessories off Aa 2 Accessory allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running 3 On all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 Start cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts Starting your vehicle This system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise Don t press the accelerator before or during starting Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty starting the engine For more information on starting the vehicle refer to Starting the engine in this chapter To avoid potential transmission damage at extremely cold temperatures below 20 F 30 C it is recommended that the vehicle be warmed up to n
351. xcessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail 175 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn Hh down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm eM 28 When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be r
352. y accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In addition each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessories com Exterior style Bug shields Deflectors Exterior trim kits Splash guards Interior style All weather floor mats Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors Premium carpeted floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Cargo organization and management 393 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Accessories P
353. yer should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion USB port if equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so 38 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Your vehicle may be equipped with a USB port inside your center console This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and also to charge devices if they support this feature For further information on this feature refer to Accessing and using your USB port in the SYNC supplement or Navigation System supplement GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception
354. your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Turn the ignition switch to the on position DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off Approximately 1 2 minutes e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt nine times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 4 Within approximately seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds followed by three seconds with the light off then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds again 13
355. ything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The heated seats will only function when the ignition is in the on position To operate the heated seats DATC systems e Press the control located on the z climate control system panel once o Y to activate high heat e Press twice to activate low heat e Press a third time to deactivate The indicator light on the control will illuminate when activated For low heat one light will be lit for high heat both lights will be lit Navigation based systems e Press the control located on the climate control system panel once aj to activate high heat e Press twice to activate low heat e Press a third time to deactivate 116 2010 Fusion fsn Owners Guide 2nd Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints REAR SEATS Second row adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with second row outboard and center head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING To minimize

Ford 2010 F-150 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents